Employee Login
skip to main content

Lenovo Press

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 Server

Product Guide

Home
Top
Author
Updated
12 Nov 2024
Form Number
LP1269
PDF size
121 pages, 4.8 MB
Full Change History
Rate & Provide Feedback
Download PDF

* Only available in selected markets

Abstract

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 is a 2-socket 2U server that features the AMD EPYC 7002 "Rome" and AMD EPYC 7003 "Milan" families of processors. With up to 64 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 4.0 standard for I/O, the SR665 offers the ultimate in two-socket server performance in a 2U form factor.

This product guide provides essential pre-sales information to understand the ThinkSystem SR665 server, its key features and specifications, components and options, and configuration guidelines. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the SR665 and consider its use in IT solutions.

Change History

Changes in the November 12, 2024 update:

  • The following power supply is withdrawn from marketing - Power supplies section
    • ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply, 4P57A26296

Walkthrough video with David Watts and Russ Resnick

Introduction

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 is a 2-socket 2U server that features the AMD EPYC 7002 "Rome" and AMD EPYC 7003 "Milan" families of processors. With up to 64 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 4.0 standard for I/O, the SR665 offers the ultimate in two-socket server performance in a 2U form factor. The server is ideal for dense workloads that can take advantage of GPU processing and high-performance NVMe drives.

Suggested uses: Inference, virtualization, VDI, HPC, Hyperconverged infrastructure

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665
Figure 1. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665

Did you know?

The SR665 server is a very configuration-rich offering, supporting 28 different drive bay configurations in the front, middle and rear of the server and 5 different slot configurations at the rear of the server. This level of flexibility ensures that you can configure the server exactly the way your workload requires.

The server has been designed to take advantage of the features of the EPYC 7002 and EPYC 7003 processors, such as the full performance of 280W 64-core processors, support for 3200 MHz memory and PCIe Gen 4.0 support. Competitive servers that are based on the older EPYC 7001 "Naples" designs may not be able to offer these performance features.

Key features

Combining performance and flexibility, the SR665 server is a great choice for enterprises of all sizes. The server offers a broad selection of drive and slot configurations and offers high performance features that industries such as finance, healthcare and telco need. Outstanding reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) and high-efficiency design can improve your business environment and can help save operational costs.

Scalability and performance

The SR665 offers numerous features to boost performance, improve scalability and reduce costs: 

  • Supports the AMD EPYC 7002 and EPYC 7003 families family of processors
  • Supports processors with up to 64 cores and 128 threads, core speeds of up to 4.1 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 280W.
  • Support for up to 32 TruDDR4 memory DIMMs with two processors (16 DIMMs per processor). Each processor has 8 memory channels and 2 DIMMs per channel. With 1 DIMM installed per channel (8 DIMMs total), memory operates at 3200 MHz. Using Performance+ RDIMMs, the server supports 2 DIMMs per channel (16 DIMMs total) operating at 3200 MHz.
  • Using 256GB 3DS RDIMMs, the server supports up to 8TB of system memory.
  • Supports up to eight single-width GPUs or three double-wide GPUs, for substantial processing power in a 2U system.
  • Supports up to 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, by using combinations of front-accessible (up to 24 bays), mid bays (8 bays) and rear-accessible (8 bays).
  • Supports 20x 3.5-inch drive bays for lower-cost high-capacity HDD storage. 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bays can be mixed if desired.
  • Supports 16x NVMe drives without oversubscription of PCIe lanes (1:1 connectivity), or up to 32 NVMe drives with a 1:2 oversubscription. The use of NVMe drives maximizes drive I/O performance, in terms of throughput, bandwidth, and latency.
  • Supports 12x SATA drives using the onboard SATA controller (no additional adapter needed), enabling lower cost, high capacity storage solution for cold storage workloads.
  • Supports high-speed RAID controllers from Broadcom providing 12 Gb SAS connectivity to the drive backplanes. A variety of PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 RAID adapters are available.
  • Supports up to two externally accessible 7mm hot-swap drives with RAID functionality for operating system boot functions or data storage
  • Supports M.2 drives for convenient operating system boot functions or data storage. Available M.2 adapters support either one M.2 drive or two M.2 drives in a RAID 1 configuration for performance and reliability.
  • The server has a dedicated industry-standard OCP 3.0 small form factor (SFF) slot, with a PCIe 4.0 x16 interface, supporting a variety of Ethernet network adapters. Simple-swap mechanism with thumbscrews and pull-tab enables tool-less installation and removal of the adapter. Supports shared BMC network sideband connectivity to enable out-of-band systems management.
  • The server offers PCI Express 4.0 I/O expansion capabilities that doubles the theoretical maximum bandwidth of PCIe 3.0 (16GT/s in each direction for PCIe 4.0, compared to 8 GT/s with PCIe 3.0). A PCIe 4.0 x16 slot provides 64 GB/s bandwidth, enough to support a 200GbE network connection.
  • Up to eight PCIe 4.0 slots, all with rear access, plus an internal bay for a cabled RAID adapter or HBA, plus a slot dedicated to the OCP adapter.

Availability and serviceability

The SR665 provides many features to simplify serviceability and increase system uptime:

  • The server uses ECC memory and supports memory RAS features including Single Device Data Correction (SDDC, also known as Chipkill), Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, and DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry.
  • The server offers hot-swap drives, supporting RAID redundancy for data protection and greater system uptime.
  • Available M.2 RAID Boot Adapters support RAID-1 which can enable two SATA or two NVMe M.2 drives to be configured as a redundant pair.
  • The server has up to two hot-swap redundant power supplies and up to six hot-swap redundant fans to provide availability for business-critical applications.
  • The power-source-independent light path diagnostics uses LEDs to lead the technician to failed (or failing) components, which simplifies servicing, speeds up problem resolution, and helps improve system availability.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) offer more reliability than traditional mechanical HDDs for greater uptime.
  • Proactive Platform Alerts (including PFA and SMART alerts): Processors, voltage regulators, memory, internal storage (SAS/SATA HDDs and SSDs, NVMe SSDs, M.2 storage, flash storage adapters), fans, power supplies, RAID controllers, server ambient and subcomponent temperatures. Alerts can be surfaced through the XClarity Controller to managers such as Lenovo XClarity Administrator, VMware vCenter, and Microsoft System Center. These proactive alerts let you take appropriate actions in advance of possible failure, thereby increasing server uptime and application availability.
  • The built-in XClarity Controller continuously monitors system parameters, triggers alerts, and performs recovery actions in case of failures to minimize downtime.
  • Built-in diagnostics in UEFI, using Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, speed up troubleshooting tasks to reduce service time.
  • Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager supports diagnostics and can save service data to a USB key drive or remote CIFS share folder for troubleshooting and reduce service time.
  • Auto restart in the event of a momentary loss of AC power (based on power policy setting in the XClarity Controller service processor)
  • Offers a diagnostics port on the front of the server to allow you to attach an external diagnostics handset for enhanced systems management capabilities.
  • Support for the XClarity Administrator Mobile app running on a supported smartphone and connected to the server through the service-enabled USB port, enables additional local systems management functions.
  • Three-year or one-year customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty, 9 x 5 next business day. Optional service upgrades are available.

Manageability and security

Systems management features simplify local and remote management of the SR665:

  • The server includes an XClarity Controller (XCC) to monitor server availability. Optional upgrade to XCC Advanced to provide remote control (keyboard video mouse) functions. Optional upgrade to XCC Enterprise enables the additional support for the mounting of remote media files (ISO and IMG image files), and boot capture.
  • Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers comprehensive hardware management tools that help to increase uptime, reduce costs and improve productivity through advanced server management capabilities.
  • UEFI-based Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, accessible from F1 during boot, provides system inventory information, graphical UEFI Setup, platform update function, RAID Setup wizard, operating system installation function, and diagnostic functions.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager which captures real-time power and temperature data from the server and provides automated controls to lower energy costs.
  • An integrated industry-standard Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) enables improved setup, configuration, and updates, and simplifies error handling.
  • Support for industry standard management protocols, IPMI 2.0, SNMP 3.0, Redfish REST API, serial console via IPMI
  • An integrated hardware Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0 enables advanced cryptographic functionality, such as digital signatures and remote attestation.
  • Administrator and power-on passwords help protect from unauthorized access to the server.
  • Supports AMD Secure Root-of-Trust, Secure Run and Secure Move features to minimize potential attacks and protect data as the OS is booted, as applications are run and as applications are migrated from server to server.
  • Supports Secure Boot to ensure only a digitally signed operating system can be used.
  • Industry-standard Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) NI support for faster, stronger encryption.
  • Additional physical security features are a chassis intrusion switch (standard in all models) and a lockable front bezel (optional).

Energy efficiency

The SR665 offers the following energy-efficiency features to save energy, reduce operational costs, and increase energy availability:

  • Energy-efficient planar components help lower operational costs.
  • High-efficiency power supplies with 80 PLUS Platinum and Titanium certifications
  • Low-voltage 1.2 V DDR4 memory offers energy savings compared to 1.35 V and 1.5 V DDR3 DIMMs.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) consume as much as 80% less power than traditional spinning 2.5-inch HDDs.
  • The server uses hexagonal ventilation holes, which can be grouped more densely than round holes, providing more efficient airflow through the system and thus keeping your system cooler.
  • Optional Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides advanced data center power notification and analysis to help achieve lower heat output and reduced cooling needs.

Components and connectors

The following figure shows the front of the server.

Front view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665
Figure 2. Front view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665

The following figure shows the components visible from the rear of the server. The figure shows one configuration, with eight PCIe slots, however there are additional rear configurations which include 3.5-inch drive bays, 2.5-inch drive bays, or 7mm drive bays.

Rear view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665
Figure 3. Rear view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 (configuration with eight PCIe slots)

The following figure shows the locations of key components inside the server.

Internal view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665
Figure 4. Internal view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665

System architecture

The following figure shows the architectural block diagram of the SR665, showing the major components and their connections.

SR665 system architectural block diagram
Figure 5. SR665 system architectural block diagram

Standard specifications

The following table lists the standard specifications.

Table 1. Standard specifications
Components Specification
Machine types 7D2W - 1 year warranty
7D2V - 3 year warranty
Form factor 2U rack.
Processor One or two AMD EPYC 7002 Series processors (formerly codenamed "Rome") or AMD EPYC 7003 Series processors (formerly codenamed "Milan"). Supports processors up to 64 cores, core speeds of up to 4.1 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 280W.
Chipset Not applicable (platform controller hub functions are integrated into the processor)
Memory

32 DIMM slots with two processors (16 DIMM slots per processor). Each processor has 8 memory channels, with 2 DIMMs per channel (DPC). Lenovo TruDDR4 RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs are supported:

  • Performance+ RDIMMs: 1 DPC at 3200 MHz, 2 DPC at 3200 MHz
  • RDIMMs: 1 DPC at 3200 MHz, 2 DPC at 2933 MHz
  • 3DS RDIMMs: 1 DPC at 2933 MHz, 2 DPC at 2666 MHz
Memory maximum Up to 8TB with 32x 256GB 3DS RDIMMs
Persistent memory Not supported.
Memory protection ECC, SDDC, Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry, Post Package Repair
Disk drive bays

Up to 20x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays:

  • Front bays can be 3.5-inch (8 or 12 bays) or 2.5-inch (8, 16 or 24 bays)
  • Middle bays can be 3.5-inch (4 bays) or 2.5-inch (8 bays)
  • Rear bays can be 3.5-inch (2 or 4 bays) or 2.5-inch (4 or 8 bays)
  • Combinations of SAS/SATA, NVMe, or AnyBay (supporting SAS, SATA or NVMe) are available

The server also supports these drives for OS boot or drive storage:

  • Two 7mm drives at the rear of the server (in addition to any 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch drive bays)
  • Internal M.2 module supporting up to two M.2 drives

See Supported drive bay combinations for details.
Maximum internal storage
  • 2.5-inch drives:
    • 1228.8TB using 40x 30.72TB 2.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 1966.08TB using 32x 61.44TB 2.5-inch NVMe SSDs
    • 96TB using 40x 2.4TB 2.5-inch HDDs
  • 3.5-inch drives:
    • 440TB using 20x 22TB 3.5-inch HDDs
    • 307.2TB using 20x 15.36TB 3.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 153.6TB using 12x 12.8TB 3.5-inch NVMe SSDs
Storage controller
  • Onboard NVMe and NVMe Switch Adapters (no RAID)
  • Onboard SATA (no RAID)
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA RAID adapters:
    • RAID 530i-8i (cacheless) supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
    • RAID 530i-16i (cacheless) supports RAID 0, 1, 10
    • RAID 930-8i with 2GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 930-16i with 4GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 940-8i with 4GB or 8GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 940-16i with 4GB or 8GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 940-32i with 8GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA non-RAID:
    • 430-8i or 440-8i HBAs
    • 430-16i or 440-16i HBAs
Optical drive bays No internal optical drive.
Tape drive bays No internal backup drive.
Network interfaces Dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 4.0 x16 host interface. Supports a variety of 2-port and 4-port adapters with 1GbE, 10GbE and 25GbE network connectivity. One port can optionally be shared with the XClarity Controller (XCC) management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support.
PCI Expansion slots

Up to 8x PCIe 4.0 slots, all full height slots and with rear access, plus a slot dedicated to the OCP adapter. Slot availability is based on riser selection and rear drive bay selection. Slots 4-8 require two processors.

Slots are configured using three riser cards. Riser 1 (slots 1-3) and Riser 2 (slots 4-6) are installed in slots in the system board, Riser 3 (slots 7-8) is cabled to ports on the system board.

A variety of riser cards are available. See the I/O expansion for details.

For 2.5-inch front drive configurations, the server supports the installation of a RAID adapter or HBA in a dedicated area that does not consume any of the PCIe slots.
Ports

Front: 1x USB 3.2 G1 (5 Gb/s) port, 1x USB 2.0 port (also for XCC local management), External diagnostics port, optional VGA port.

Rear: 3x USB 3.2 G1 (5 Gb/s) ports, 1x VGA video port, 1x RJ-45 1GbE systems management port for XCC remote management. Optional DB-9 COM serial port (installs in slot 3).

Internal: 1x USB 3.2 G1 connector for operating system or license key purposes
Cooling Up to 6x N+1 redundant hot swap 60 mm fans, configuration dependent. One fan integrated in each power supply.
Power supply Up to two hot-swap redundant AC power supplies, 80 PLUS Platinum or 80 PLUS Titanium certification. 500 W, 750 W, 1100 W and 1800 W AC options, supporting 220 V AC. 500 W, 750 W and 1100 W options also support 110V input supply. In China only, all power supply options support 240 V DC. Also available is a 1100W power supply with a -48V DC input.
Video G200 graphics with 16 MB memory with 2D hardware accelerator, integrated into the XClarity Controller. Maximum resolution is 1920x1200 32bpp at 60Hz.
Hot-swap parts Drives, power supplies, and fans.
Systems management Operator panel with status LEDs. Optional External Diagnostics Handset with LCD display. Models with 8x or 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays can optionally support an Integrated Diagnostics Panel. XClarity Controller (XCC) embedded management, XClarity Administrator centralized infrastructure delivery, XClarity Integrator plugins, and XClarity Energy Manager centralized server power management. Optional XClarity Controller Advanced and Enterprise to enable remote control functions.
Security features Chassis intrusion switch, Power-on password, administrator's password, Trusted Platform Module (TPM), supporting TPM 2.0. Servers with EPYC 7002 processors also support TPM 1.2. In China only, optional Nationz TPM 2.0. Optional lockable front security bezel.
Operating systems supported Microsoft Windows Server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, VMware ESXi. See the Operating system support section for specifics.
Limited warranty Three-year or one-year (model dependent) customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty with 9x5 next business day (NBD).
Service and support Optional service upgrades are available through Lenovo Services: 4-hour or 2-hour response time, 6-hour fix time, 1-year or 2-year warranty extension, software support for Lenovo hardware and some third-party applications.
Dimensions Width: 445 mm (17.5 in.), height: 87 mm (3.4 in.), depth: 764 mm (30.1 in.). See Physical and electrical specifications for details.
Weight Maximum: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

Models

ThinkSystem SR665 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Topics in this section:

CTO models

ThinkSystem SR665 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Configure-to-order (CTO) models are used to create models with factory-integrated server customizations. For CTO models, two types of base CTO models are available for the SR665 as listed in the columns in the following table:

  • General purpose base CTO models are for general business (non-HPC) and is selectable by choosing General Purpose mode in DCSC.
  • AI and HPC base models are intended for Artificial Intelligence (AI) and High Performance Computing (HPC) configurations and solutions are enabled using the AI & HPC Hardware - ThinkSystem Hardware mode in DCSC. These configurations, along with Lenovo EveryScale Solutions, can also be built using System x and Cluster Solutions Configurator (x-config). Tip: Some HPC and AI models are not listed in DCSC and can only be configured in x-config.

Controlled GPU models: The "Controlled GPU" base CTO models listed in the table are the only models that support high-performance GPUs and accelerators. These models are classified under US Government ECCN regulations and have limited market and customer availability. All other base models do not support high-performance GPUs.

Preconfigured server models may also be available for the SR665, however these are region-specific; that is, each region may define their own server models, and not all server models are available in every region.

The following table lists the base CTO models of the ThinkSystem SR665 server.

Table 2. Base CTO models
Machine Type/Model
General purpose		 Machine Type/Model
for AI and HPC		 Description
7D2VCTO1WW 7D2VCTOLWW ThinkSystem SR665-3yr Warranty
7D2VCTO5WW 7D2VCTOHWW ThinkSystem SR665-3yr Warrantywith Controlled GPU
7D2WCTO1WW 7D2WCTOLWW ThinkSystem SR665-1yr Warranty

Base feature codes

Models of the SR665 are defined based on whether the server has 2.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 2.5-inch chassis) or whether it has 3.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 3.5-inch chassis). For models, the feature codes for these chassis bases are as listed in the following table.

Table 3. Chassis base feature codes
Feature code Description
B8LZ ThinkSystem 2U 2.5" Chassis with 8, 16 or 24 Bays
B8M0 ThinkSystem 2U 3.5" Chassis with 8 or 12 Bays

There are two system boards for the SR665, which will be derived by the configurator based on the selection of processor and whether the configuration includes the NVIDIA A100.

Table 4. Motherboard feature codes (CTO orders)
Feature code Description
B8L1 ThinkSystem SR665 MB
BF6Z ThinkSystem SR665 2U Refresh MB
(required for EPYC 7003 processors and NVIDIA A100 GPU)

Preconfigured models

The following tables list the available models, grouped by region.

Refer to the Specifications section for information about standard features of the server.

Common to all models:

  • All models indicated as having the 750W power supply are using the Platinum power supply.

Models for Asia Pacific region

The following table lists the models for the Asia Pacific region: Australia, Bangladesh, Brunei, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Korea, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Taiwan, Vietnam

Table 5. Models for Asia Pacific markets
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA06RAP 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-16i 12x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA06SAP 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA072AP 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA075AP 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-16i 12x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA06TAP 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA06UAP 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-16i 12x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA06YAP 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Australia and New Zealand

AP models: Customers in Australia and New Zealand also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 6. Models for Australia and New Zealand
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA01TAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02EAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02KAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01VAU 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA029AU 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02BAU 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01RAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01XAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01ZAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01PAU 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA027AU 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA02HAU 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
TopSeller models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA04DAU 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB Option 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Ent 5x Std Slide
7D2VA05UAU 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
TopSeller models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA02TAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2VA02ZAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Fric
7D2VA030AU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2VA03WAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05WAU 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA02YAU 1x 7262 8C 155W 3.2G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Fric
7D2VA031AU 1x 7262 8C 155W 3.2G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2VA02XAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Fric
7D2VA032AU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2VA03XAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05VAU 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA02WAU 1x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Fric
7D2VA033AU 1x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2VA02UAU 1x 7402 24C 180W 2.8G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Fric
7D2VA02VAU 1x 7402 24C 180W 2.8G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Option

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)

AP models: Customers in ASEAN also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 7. Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA025SG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02GSG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA023SG 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA028SG 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA021SG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02ASG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01YSG 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA02FSG 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Brazil

Table 8. Models for Brazil
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA058BR 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 2x10GbT 57416 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA060BR 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 2x10GbT 57416 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05BBR 1x 7413 24C 180W 2.65G 2x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x25Gb 57454 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA064BR 1x 7413 24C 180W 2.65G 2x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x25Gb 57454 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
Models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA059BR 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA063BR 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for EMEA countries

Table 9. Models for EMEA countries
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA06KEA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06MEA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07GEA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07NEA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06LEA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06NEA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA077EA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 64GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07JEA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07LEA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA043EA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA044EA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA04GEA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05GEA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05QEA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05XEA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 64GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; 2x 960GB MV SSD Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05YEA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 64GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Std Slide
7D2VA04MEA 1x 7343 16C 190W 3.2G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05FEA 1x 7343 16C 190W 3.2G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05REA 1x 7343 16C 190W 3.2G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05ZEA 1x 7343 16C 190W 3.2G 1x 64GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Std Slide
7D2VA07QEA 1x 7413 24C 180W 2.65G 1x 64GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07TEA 1x 7413 24C 180W 2.65G 1x 64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA045EA 1x 7453 28C 225W 2.8G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA04LEA 1x 7453 28C 225W 2.8G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05HEA 1x 7453 28C 225W 2.8G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA046EA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA04KEA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05EEA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07REA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 64GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA07SEA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06VEA 1x 7543 32C 225W 2.8G 1x 64GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA04JEA 1x 7713 64C 225W 2.0G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05DEA 1x 7713 64C 225W 2.0G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA04HEA 1x 7763 64C 280W 2.45G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1800W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05CEA 1x 7763 64C 280W 2.45G 1x 32GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA01KEA 1x 7262 8C 155W 3.2G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1002EA 1x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1003EA 2x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 2x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 6x Perf Slide
7D2V1004EA 1x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Titanium Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA01LEA 1x 7302 16C 155W 3.0G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA039EA 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 2x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 2x25Gb 57414 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA03AEA 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA03BEA 1x 7402 24C 180W 2.8G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA03CEA 1x 7452 32C 155W 2.35G 1x 32GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)

AP models: Customers in Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 10. Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA01UCN 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02QCN 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02MCN 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02NCN 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02CCN 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02LCN 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01WCN 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA022CN 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for India

AP models: Customers in India also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 11. Models for India
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA074SG 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA024SG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA026SG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA020SG 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02PSG 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02DSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA02JSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01QSG 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA01SSG 1x 7352 24C 155W 2.3G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Perf Slide
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
TopSeller models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA06ZSG 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA073SG 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA079SG 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB Option 8x 2.5" Any; Open bay 2x10GbT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W Opt Std 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06PSG 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB Option 8x 2.5" Any; Open bay 2x1Gb+2x10Gb 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W Opt Std 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA070SG 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
7D2VA071SG 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Yes Std 5x Std Slide
TopSeller models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA04ZSG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 530-16i 12x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA050SG 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB Option 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 Open 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04SSG 1x 7262 8C 155W 3.2G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04VSG 1x 7262 8C 155W 3.2G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04USG 1x 7272 12C 120W 2.6G 1x 16GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04WSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04YSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 500W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA05MSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA05NSG 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04XSG 2x 7452 32C 155W 2.35G 2x 32GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Opt Ent 6x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA052SG 1x 7452 32C 155W 2.35G 1x 32GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA054SG 1x 7452 32C 155W 2.35G 2x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA04TSG 2x 7532 32C 200W 2.4G 2x 32GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 2x 750W Opt Ent 6x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA051SG 1x 7532 32C 200W 2.4G 2x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA
7D2VA053SG 1x 7532 32C 200W 2.4G 2x 32GB 930-8i 8x 3.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen3 1x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide CMA

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Japan

AP models: Customers in Japan also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 12. Models for Japan
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA01FJP 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 2x25Gb CX4 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide
7D2VA062JP 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 16GB 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 750W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
TopSeller models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA015JP 1x 7F32 8C 180W 3.7G 1x 16GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide
7D2VA016JP 1x 7F52 16C 240W 3.5G 1x 16GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01MJP 1x 7F72 24C 240W 3.2G 1x 16GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide
7D2VA01NJP 1x 7H12 64C 280W 2.6G 1x 16GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Opt Adv 5x Std Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Latin American countries (except Brazil)

Table 13. Models with a 3-year warranty for Latin American countries (except Brazil)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2V1000LA 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 16GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x 1100W Yes Std 5x Perf Option
7D2V1001LA 1x 7532 32C 200W 2.4G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 x Yes Std 5x Perf Option
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
7D2VA056LA 1x 7313 16C 155W 3.0G 2x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA05ALA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 4x 64GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide
TopSeller models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA057LA 1x 7252 8C 120W 3.1G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; Open bay 4x1Gb 5719 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 750W Opt Ent 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for USA and Canada

Table 14. Models for USA and Canada
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Front
VGA		 XCC Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D2V)
Standard models with 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2V100CNA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06WNA 1x 7203 8C 120W 2.8G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB 5300 MS Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Std Slide
7D2V100DNA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2VA06XNA 1x 7303 16C 130W 2.4G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB 5300 MS Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Std Slide
7D2V100ANA 1x 73F3 16C 240W 3.5G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1009NA 1x 7513 32C 200W 2.6G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1008NA 1x 7543 32C 225W 2.8G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1006NA 1x 7643 48C 225W 2.3G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1007NA 1x 7713 64C 225W 2.0G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
7D2V1005NA 1x 7763 64C 280W 2.45G 1x 32GB 930-16i 4GB 16x 2.5" SAS; 1x 1.92TB S4620 Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide
Standard models with 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processors
7D2VA04FNA 1x 7282 16C 120W 2.4G 1x 32GB Option Option 2.5"; Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Ent 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Processors

The SR665 supports processors in the AMD EPYC family of processors. The server supports one or two processors.

Topics in this section:

There are no restrictions in the configuration of the servers based on the TDP thermal value of the processor. The appropriate heatsink will be automatically selected based on the processor and configuration of the server.

Certain ambient temperature requirements may apply. See the Operating environment section for details.

In the SR665, processors either have a standard 1U heatsink, standard 2U heatsink, or a performance heatsink attached depending on the TDP of the processor and configuration of the server. Performance heatsinks include a large 2U-high copper radiator that connects to the main heatsink via heat pipes.

SR665 Performance Heatsink
Figure 6. Performance heatsink

Processor options

The table below lists the AMD processors that are currently supported.

All supported processors have the following characteristics:

  • Third and second-generation AMD EPYC processors (formerly codenamed "Milan" and "Rome" respectively)
  • 7 nm process technology
  • Eight DDR4 memory channels
  • 128 PCIe 4.0 I/O lanes, 64 lanes available for PCIe and NVMe devices

P suffix processors: The SR665 supports processors with a P suffix (eg 7232P) which are single-socket capable only. Only one P-suffix processor can be installed in the server and these processors are CTO only.

The SR665 also supports the new AMD EPYC 7003 Series Processors with AMD 3D V-Cache ("Milan-X"). These are high-performance processors have 768MB of L3 cache and are best suited for Electronic Design Automation (EDA) and Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) workloads. For more information about the new Milan-X processors see the Lenovo Press article available at https://lenovopress.com/lp1593.

Table 15. SR665 processor support
Part number Feature
code		 Description Quantity
supported*
Third-generation AMD EPYC processors
4XG7A90628 BY56 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7203 8C 120W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BY57 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7203P 8C 120W 2.8GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63618 BF7H ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 72F3 8C 180W 3.7GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A90630 BY58 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7303 16C 130W 2.4GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BY59 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7303P 16C 130W 2.4GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63607 BF76 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7313 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BF7B ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7313P 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63615 BF7E ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7343 16C 190W 3.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63614 BF7D ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 73F3 16C 240W 3.5GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63609 BF78 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7413 24C 180W 2.65GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63603 BF72 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7443 24C 200W 2.85GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BF79 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7443P 24C 200W 2.85GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63605 BF74 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7453 28C 225W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63617 BF7G ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 74F3 24C 240W 3.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63611 BF7A ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7513 32C 200W 2.6GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63608 BF77 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7543 32C 225W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BF71 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7543P 32C 225W 2.8GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63616 BF7F ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 75F3 32C 280W 2.95GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63620 BGQ5 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7643 48C 225W 2.3GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BY5A ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7643P 48C 225W 2.3GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63606 BF75 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7663 56C 225W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BY5B ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7663P 56C 240W 2.0GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63613 BF7C ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7713 64C 225W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* BF70 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7713P 64C 225W 2.0GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63604 BF73 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7763 64C 280W 2.45GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
AMD EPYC 7003 Series Processors with AMD 3D V-Cache Technology ("Milan-X")
4XG7A84608 BQP4 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7373X 16C 240W 3.05GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A84607 BQP5 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7473X 24C 240W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A84606 BQP6 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7573X 32C 280W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A84605 BQP7 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7773X 64C 280W 2.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
Second-generation AMD EPYC processors
CTO only* B766 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7232P 8C 120W 3.1GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63366 B6VU ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7252 8C 120W 3.1GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63373 B6TS ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63381 BCE9 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7F32 8C 180W 3.7GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63377 B767 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7272 12C 120W 2.9GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63379 B6VZ ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7282 16C 120W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* B6VV ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor 1
4XG7A38058 B6TV ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7302 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63380 BCE8 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7F52 16C 240W 3.5GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63374 B6W0 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7352 24C 155W 2.3GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* B6TT ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63372 B6VW ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7402 24C 180W 2.8GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63382 BCEA ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7F72 24C 240W 3.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63378 B6TU ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7452 32C 155W 2.35GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* B6VX ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz Processor 1
4XG7A38048 B5XG ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7502 32C 180W 2.5GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63375 BABP ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7532 32C 200W 2.4GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63370 B6W2 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7542 32C 225W 2.9GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63368 B6W1 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7552 48C 200W 2.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63376 B6W3 ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7642 48C 225W 2.3GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63371 BABN ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7662 64C 225W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only* B6VY ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz Processor 1
4XG7A63369 B6TR ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7702 64C 200W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A38059 B5XF ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7742 64C 225W 2.25GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7A63367 BAVP ThinkSystem SR665 AMD EPYC 7H12 64C 280W 2.6GHz Processor w/o Fan 2

* Processors with a P suffix are single-socket capable processors and are only available in configure-to-order builds or in preconfigured models

The following table lists the features of the supported processors.

Table 16. Processor specifications
EPYC
model**		 Cores /
Threads		 Base
Frequency		 Max Boost
Frequency†		 L3 Cache Memory
channels		 Memory
bus		 TDP
Third-generation AMD EPYC processors
7203 / 7203P 8 / 16 2.8GHz 3.4 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 120W
72F3 8 / 16 3.7 GHz 4.1 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7303 / 7303P 16 / 32 2.4GHz 3.4 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 130W
7313 / 7313P 16 / 32 3.0 GHz 3.7 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7343 16 / 32 3.2 GHz 3.9 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 190 W
73F3 16/ 32 3.5 GHz 4.0 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 240 W
7413 24 / 48 2.65 GHz 3.6 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7443 / 7443P 24 / 48 2.85 GHz 4.0 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7453 28 / 56 2.75 GHz 3.45 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
74F3 24 / 48 3.2 GHz 4.0 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 240 W
7513 32 / 64 2.6 GHz 3.65 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7543 / 7543P 32 / 64 2.8 GHz 3.7 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
75F3 32 / 64 2.95 GHz 4.0 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 280 W
7643 / 7643P 48 / 96 2.3 GHz 3.6 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7663 / 7663P 56 / 112 2.0 GHz 3.5 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7713 / 7713P 64 / 128 2.0 GHz 3.675 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7763 64 / 128 2.45 GHz 3.5 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 280 W
AMD EPYC 7003 Series Processors with AMD 3D V-Cache Technology ("Milan-X")
7373X 16 / 32 3.05 GHz 3.8 GHz 768 MB 8 3200 MHz 240 W
7473X 24 / 48 2.8 GHz 3.7 GHz 768 MB 8 3200 MHz 240 W
7573X 32 / 64 2.8 GHz 3.6 GHz 768 MB 8 3200 MHz 280 W
7773X 64 / 128 2.2 GHz 3.5 GHz 768 MB 8 3200 MHz 280 W
Second-generation AMD EPYC processors
7232P 8 / 16 3.1 GHz 3.2 GHz 32 MB 8 3200 MHz* 120 W
7252 8 / 16 3.1 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz* 120 W
7262 8 / 16 3.2 GHz 3.4 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155W
7F32 8 / 16 3.7 GHz 3.9 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180W
7272 12 / 24 2.9 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz* 120 W
7282 16 / 32 2.8 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz* 120 W
7302 / 7302P 16 / 32 3.0 GHz 3.3 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7F52 16 / 32 3.5 GHz 3.9 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 240W
7352 24 / 48 2.3 GHz 3.2 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7402 / 7402P 24 / 48 2.8 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7F72 24 / 48 3.2 GHz 3.7 GHz 192 MB 8 3200 MHz 240W
7452 32 / 64 2.35 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7502 / 7502P 32 / 64 2.5 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7532 32 / 64 2.4 GHz 3.3 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 200W
7542 32 / 64 2.9 GHz 3.4 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7552 48 / 96 2.2 GHz 3.3 GHz 192 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7642 48 / 96 2.3 GHz 3.3 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7662 64 / 128 2.0 GHz 3.3 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225W
7702 / 7702P 64 / 128 2.0 GHz 3.35 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7742 64 / 128 2.25 GHz 3.4 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7H12 64 / 128 2.6 GHz 3.3 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 280W

† The maximum single-core frequency at with the processor is capable of operating
* This processor supports 8 memory channels at 3200 MHz, however performance is optimized for 4 channels at 2666 MHz
** Processors with a P suffix are single-socket capable processors

B6VU

One-processor configurations

The SR665 can be used with only one processor installed. Most core functions of the server (including the XClarity Controller) are connected to processor 1 as shown in the System architecture section.

With only one processor, the server has the following capabilities:

  • 16 memory DIMMs for a 2TB maximum
  • Slot 1-3 are available; Slot 4-8 are not available
  • 8x onboard SATA ports
  • 4x onboard NVMe ports

Drive support and controller support is as listed in the Controller selections section - see the rows for 1 processor installed in the tables. Drives in the mid-chassis drive bays (2.5-inch or 3.5-inch) are not supported in 1-processor configurations because power for the mid-chassis drive backplanes come from Riser 2 and the use of Riser 2 requires the second processor.

UEFI operating modes

The SR665 offers preset operating modes that affect energy consumption and performance. These modes are a collection of predefined low-level UEFI settings that simplify the task of tuning the server to suit your business and workload requirements.

The following table lists the feature codes that allow you to specify the mode you wish to preset in the factory for CTO orders.

UK and EU customers: For compliance with the ERP Lot9 regulation, you should select feature BFYA. For some systems, you may not be able to make a selection, in which case, it will be automatically derived by the configurator.

Table 17. UEFI operating mode presets in DCSC
Feature code Description
BFYA Operating mode selection for: "Maximum Efficiency Mode"
BFYB Operating mode selection for: "Maximum Performance Mode"

The preset modes for the SR665 are as follows:

  • Maximum Efficiency Mode (feature BFYA): Maximizes performance/watt efficiency while maintaining reasonable performance
  • Maximum Performance Mode (feature BFYB): Achieves maximum performance but with higher power consumption and lower energy efficiency.

For details about these preset modes, and all other performance and power efficiency UEFI settings offered in the SR665, see the paper "Tuning UEFI Settings for Performance and Energy Efficiency on AMD Processor-Based ThinkSystem Servers", available from https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1267.

Platform Secure Boot

Platform Secure Boot (PSB) is a feature of AMD EPYC processors that helps defend against threats to firmware. It is designed to provide protection in response to growing firmware-level remote attacks being seen across the industry. AMD Secure Boot extends the AMD silicon root of trust to help protect the system by establishing an unbroken chain of trust from the AMD silicon root of trust to the BIOS. The UEFI secure boot helps continue the chain of trust from the system BIOS to the OS Bootloader. This feature helps defend against remote attackers seeking to embed malware into firmware.

With PSB enabled, the processor is cryptographically bound to the server firmware code signing key once the processors are installed in the server and the server is powered on. From that point on, that processor can only be used with motherboards that use the same code signing key.

Disabling PSB will stop the protection against remote and local attackers seeking to embed malware into a platform’s firmware, BIOS and even UEFI functions. Disabling PSB also allows you to install the processor in another server that you purchased from Lenovo, however, we do not recommend you do this by yourself. Please contact the Lenovo service team for further assistance. 

By default, the server has Platform Secure Boot enabled on the installed processors, however for factory orders, you can choose to have the server with PSB disabled. To do this, select feature code C18D as listed in the following table. PSB can be later enabled in System Setup if desired.

Cannot be disabled once enabled: Once you enable PSB in a server, it cannot be disabled on those processors.

Table 18. Platform Secure Boot
Feature code Description Purpose
C0DF Platform Secure Boot Enable PSB is enabled in the factory and cannot later be disabled. Default choice in DCSC.
C18D Platform Secure Boot Disable PSB is not enabled in the factory. It can be later enabled in UEFI System Setup if desired.

If you add a second processor as a field upgrade and your server has PSB enabled, then as soon as you install the processor and power the server on, the processor is then cryptographically bound to the server, and can only be used in that server going forward.

Note: Platform Secure Boot (PSB) is different from the Secure Boot security feature described in the Platform Firmware Resiliency section.

Memory options

The server uses Lenovo TruDDR4 memory operating at up to 3200 MHz. The processors have 8 memory channels and support 2 DIMMs per channel, for a total of 16 DIMMs. The server supports up to 8TB of memory using 32x 256GB 3DS RDIMMs and two processors.

The server supports memory speeds up to 3200 MHz, based on the memory type and the number of DIMMs installed per channel, as listed in the following table.

Table 19. Memory speeds supported
Memory type 1 DIMM per channel 2 DIMMs per channel
RDIMMs 3200 MHz 2933 MHz
3DS RDIMMs 2933 MHz 2666 MHz
Performance+ RDIMMs 3200 MHz 3200 MHz

The following table lists the memory options that are available for the server.

Lenovo TruDDR4 memory uses the highest quality components that are sourced from Tier 1 DRAM suppliers and only memory that meets the strict requirements of Lenovo is selected. It is compatibility tested and tuned to maximize performance and reliability. From a service and support standpoint, Lenovo TruDDR4 memory automatically assumes the system warranty, and Lenovo provides service and support worldwide.

Table 20. Memory options
Part number Feature code Description
RDIMMs (3200 MHz at 1 DPC, 2933 MHz at 2 DPC)
4ZC7A15121 B5XD ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A
4ZC7A15122 B5XE ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A
4ZC7A15123 B8NU ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A
4ZC7A15124 B5XC ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A
3DS RDIMMs (2933 MHz at 1 DPC, 2666 MHz at 2 DPC)
4ZC7A15125 B8NT ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR4 3200 MHz (4Rx4, 12.V) 3DS RDIMM-A
4ZC7A08727 B4Y3 ThinkSystem 256GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (8Rx4 1.2V) 3DS RDIMM
Performance+ RDIMMs (3200 MHz at 1 DPC and 2 DPC)
4X77A12188 BCZY ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 Performance+ 3200 MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A
4X77A12189 BCZZ ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR4 Performance+ 3200 MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A

The following rules apply when selecting the memory configuration:

  • The server supports RDIMMs and 3DS-RDIMMs.
  • Mixing of RDIMMs and 3DS-RDIMMs is not supported.
  • Mixing of Performance+ and non-Performance+ DIMMs is not supported
  • Mixing x4 and x8 DIMMs is supported, but not in the same channel
  • Mixing of DIMM rank counts is supported. Follow the required installation order installing the DIMMs with the higher rank counts first.
  • Mixing of DIMM capacities is supported, however only two different capacities are supported across all channels of the processor (eg 32GB and 64GB). Follow the required installation order installing the larger DIMMs first.
  • Memory mirroring and memory rank sparing are not supported.

For best performance, consider the following:

  • Ensure the memory installed is at least the same speed as the memory bus of the selected processor.
  • Populate memory DIMMs in quantities of 8 or 16, so that all memory channels are used.
  • Populate memory channels so they all have the same total memory capacity.
  • For more details on how to best configure the memory subsystem for performance, refer to the Lenovo Press paper “Balanced Memory Configurations with 2nd Gen and 3rd Gen AMD EPYC Processors” available from
    https://lenovopress.com/lp1268-balanced-memory-configurations-with-amd-epyc-processors

The following memory protection technologies are supported:

  • ECC detection/correction
  • SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs; look for "x4" in the DIMM description)
  • Patrol/Demand Scrubbing
  • DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay
  • DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry
  • Post Package Repair

Internal storage

The SR665 has three drive bay zones and supports up to 20x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays or a combination of drive bays, depending on the selected chassis and backplane configuration. The server also supports configurations without any drive bays if desired.

The three drive bay zones are as follows:

  • Front:
    • Up to 12x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 24x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
  • Middle:
    • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
  • Rear:
    • Up to 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
    • Also supports 2x 7mm hot-swap drives bays

All drives are hot-swap and are accessible from the front, from the rear, or from drive bays that are located in the middle of the server (accessible when you remove the top cover of the server).

The server also supports one or two M.2 drives, installed in an M.2 adapter internal to the server.

In this section:

NVMe drive support

The SR665 supports NVMe drives to maximize storage performance.

  • Up to 16 NVMe drives without oversubscription (that is, each x4 drive has a dedicated x4 (4 lanes) connection to the processor)
    • All installed in front bays
  • Up to 32 NVMe drives with oversubscription (that is, eight x4 drives share a x16 connection via an NVMe switch, and the switch manages the connections to maximize performance of all drives)
    • 24 NVMe drives in the front bays
    • 8 NVMe drives in the mid bays
  • Up to 12 NVMe drives in a 3.5-inch drive configuration
    • All installed in front bays

Riser 3 support: The use of the onboard NVMe ports is mutually exclusive with Riser 3, as these use the same PCIe connectors. See the System architecture section.

The specifics of these configurations are covered in the Supported drive bay combinations and Controller selections sections.

The tables in those sections indicate the number of NVMe drives in each configuration plus the subscription ratio. The subscription ratio is the number of PCIe lanes from the processor compared to the number of lanes to the drives. A ratio of 1:1 means all drives get the full number of lanes they need to maximize drive performance (currently 4 lanes per drive). A ratio of 1:2 means each drive only gets the half the bandwidth from the processor.

In addition, the SR665 supports two 7mm NVMe drives for use as boot drives. These two drives are connected via separate RAID controller connected to a single PCIe 3.0 x2 host interface. See the 7mm drives section for details.

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

Front drive bays

The front drive bay zone supports the following configurations:

  • 3.5-inch drive bays (all hot-swap)
    • No backplane and no drives (supports field upgrades)
    • 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA
    • 12x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA
    • 12x 3.5-inch AnyBay
  • 2.5-inch drive bays (all hot-swap)
    • No backplane and no drives (supports field upgrades)
    • 8x SAS/SATA
    • 16x SAS/SATA
    • 24x SAS/SATA
    • 8x NVMe
    • 16x NVMe
    • 24x NVMe
    • 8x SAS/SATA + 8x NVMe
    • 16x SAS/SATA + 8x NVMe
    • 8x SAS/SATA + 16x NVMe
    • 8x AnyBay
    • 8x AnyBay + 8x NVMe
    • 8x SAS/SATA + 8x AnyBay
    • 16x SAS/SATA + 8x AnyBay

These configurations are shown in the following figure. The feature codes listed are the backplane feature codes when ordering CTO and correspond to the feature codes listed in the table below the figure.

Tip: Configurations with 8x or 16x total drive bays can be configured with or without an Integrated Diagnostics Panel with pull-out LCD display. With the Integrated Diagnostics Display, 8-bay configurations can be upgrade to 16 bays, however 16-bay configurations cannot be upgrade to 24 bays. See the Local management section for details.

SR665 front drive bay configurations
Figure 7. SR665 front drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Configurator tip: In the DCSC configurator, if you get an error saying that your selection of a backplane is not valid, make sure you have selected a controller, even if you are only using onboard SATA or NVMe. For onboard NVMe, select feature BC4V, and for onboard SATA, select feature AVUX.

Field upgrades: All front backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

Table 21. Backplanes for front drive bays
Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
Front 3.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LP ThinkSystem 2U 8x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 1
B8LT ThinkSystem 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 1
B8LK ThinkSystem 2U 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane 1
Front 2.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LU ThinkSystem 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 3
B8LM ThinkSystem 2U/4U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane 1
BCQM ThinkSystem 2U/4U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane 3
Integrated Diagnostics Panel (for 2.5-inch configurations with 8 or 16 bays only)
BMJA ThinkSystem 2U 16x2.5" Front Operator Panel v2 1
B8MS ThinkSystem 2U 16x2.5" Front Operator Panel 1

Common backplanes: Two of the 2.5-inch backplanes listed in the above table use the same physical circuit board. Feature codes B8LM and BCQM use a backplane with eight bays where each bay has both a SAS/SATA connection and an NVMe connection. The difference is which connectors on the backplane are cabled: NVMe and SAS/SATA or just NVMe. Both feature codes use backplane SBB7A06906. 

The use of front drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • If 3.5-inch front drive bays are used, an internal RAID adapter or HBA is not supported as the adapter and bays occupy the same physical space
  • Any 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive configuration (SAS/SATA, AnyBay, NVMe) can optionally be configured for use with the Integrated Diagnostics Panel. 3.5-inch drive configurations do not support the Integrated Diagnostics Panel.

Mid drive bays

The SR665 supports hot-swap drives installed in the middle of the server chassis. The drive bays are accessible by removing the top lid of the server and levering the mid drive chassis up at the front.

The following configurations are supported:

  • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap NVMe drive bays

The drive bays in the open position are shown in the following figure.

M.2 support: When mid drive bays are configured, the M.2 adapter is installed on the mid drive bay mechanical as shown in the images.

SR665 Mid-chassis drive bays
Figure 8. Mid-chassis drive bays

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 22. Backplanes for mid drive bays
Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
Mid - 3.5-inch drive backplane
BCQK ThinkSystem 2U 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane 1
Mid - 2.5-inch drive backplane
BCQL ThinkSystem 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane 2‡
B5VN ThinkSystem 2.5" NVMe 4-Bay Middle Backplane 2‡

‡ 2.5-inch drive backplanes for the mid-chassis area must be installed in pairs. NVMe and SAS/SATA cannot be mixed.

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of drive bays in the mid-chassis area has the following configuration rules:

  • All processors are supported. Higher TDP processors will require the performance heatsinks.
  • Full-length adapter cards are not supported
  • GPUs (including low profile GPUs such as the T4) are not supported
  • The use of mid drive bays requires both Riser 1 and Riser 2 be installed, since power for the mid bay backplanes comes from Riser 2 (and Riser 2 requires Riser 1 be configured)

Rear drive bays

The SR665 supports hot-swap drives installed at the rear of the server chassis. Supported configurations are as follows:

  • 3.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 2x SAS/SATA drive bays
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 2.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
    • 8x SAS/SATA drive bays

The configurations are shown in the following figure.

SR665 rear drive bay configurations
Figure 9. Rear 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bay configurations

In addition, the server supports two 7mm-thickness SSDs which are installed in place of either slot 3 or slot 6 (not both). Supported 7mm drive bays are:

  • 2x 7mm SAS/SATA hot-swap drive bays
  • 2x 7mm NVMe hot-swap drive bays

These drives are shown in the following figure. See the 7mm drives section for more information.

Tips: These 7mm drives can be used in conjunction with any rear drive 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch bay combination.

SR665 rear 7mm drive bay configurations
Figure 10. Rear 7mm drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 23. Backplanes for rear drive bays
Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
Rear - 3.5-inch drive backplanes
BAG7 ThinkSystem 2U 2x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane 1
B8L3 ThinkSystem 1U/2U 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 1
Rear - 2.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LV ThinkSystem 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 1
B97X ThinkSystem 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane 1
Rear 7mm
B8P2 ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ SATA RAID 1
B8P3 ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ NVMe RAID 1

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of rear drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The use of rear bays restricts the number of slots and the choice of risers that are supported. See the I/O expansion section for details.
  • The use of rear drive bays requires Riser 1 be installed, since power for the rear backplane comes from Riser 1
  • The 7mm rear drive kit is supported in either slot 3 or slot 6 but not both at the same time.
  • The 7mm drive enclosure is connected to an onboard NVMe port (connected to CPU 2) and cannot be connected to any installed RAID adapter or HBA.

Supported drive bay combinations

This section describes the various combinations of 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch drives that the server supports. The drive bay combinations are grouped based on the drive type at the front of the server, 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch.

3.5-inch drive bay chassis

The following table shows the supported combinations when the server is configured with a 3.5-inch chassis (where the front drive bays are 3.5-inch). The table lists the front, middle and rear backplanes required for each drive bay combination. The choice of storage controller for each configuration is listed in the Controller selections section.

Table 24. Drive bay and backplane combinations with 3.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Purple cells = AnyBay, Red cells = NVMe) (S/S = SAS/SATA, Any = AnyBay)
Cfg Total
drives		 NVMe
drives§		 Front bays Mid bays Rear bays 7mm
NVMe/
SATA		 M.2 Front
backplane		 Mid
backplane		 Rear
backplane
S/S
3.5"		 Any
3.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-S/S None None
B 12 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt* Opt* 1x 12-S/S None None
C 14 0 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 Opt Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 2-3.5
D 16 0 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 Opt† Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 4-3.5
E 20 0 12 0 4 0 0 4 0 No Opt* 1x 12-S/S 1x 4-3.5 1x 4-3.5
F 16 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 4-2.5
G 20 0 12 0 4 0 0 0 4 Opt* Opt* 1x 12-S/S 1x 4-3.5 1x 4-2.5
H 20 8 (1:1) 12 0 0 0 8 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 12-S/S 2x NVMe None
I 12 12 (1:1) 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 No No 1x 12-AnyBay None None
J 12 12 (1:4§) 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 12-AnyBay None None
K 16 12 (1:1) 0 12 0 0 0 4 0 No No 1x 12-AnyBay None 1x 4-3.5
L 20 12 (1:1) 0 12 4 0 0 4 0 No No 1x 12-AnyBay 1x 4-3.5 1x 4-3.5
Configurations with 1 processor installed
M 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt‡ 1x 8-S/S None None
N 12 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt 1x 12-S/S None None
O 14 0 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 No Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 2-3.5
P 16 0 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 No Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 4-3.5
R 16 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 No Opt 1x 12-S/S None 1x 4-2.5
S 12 12 (1:4§) 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 12-AnyBay None None

§ The text in parenthesis refers to the subscription ratio. See the NVMe support section for details.
* If using Onboard SATA then 7mm drives and M.2 are mutually exclusive
† No support if using second adapter for rear drives
‡ No support if using Onboard SATA

2.5-inch drive bay chassis

The following table shows the supported combinations when the server is configured with a 2.5-inch chassis (where the front drive bays are 2.5-inch). The table lists the front, middle and rear backplanes required for each drive bay combination. The choice of storage controller for each configuration is listed in the Controller selections section.

Table 25. Drive bay and backplane combinations with 2.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Red cells = NVMe, Purple cells = AnyBay) (S/S = SAS/SATA, Any = AnyBay)
Cfg Total
bays		 NVMe
drives§		 Front bays Mid bays Rear bays 7mm
NVMe/
SATA		 M.2 Front
backplane		 Mid
b'plane		 Rear
b'plane
S/S
2.5"		 Any
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-S/S None None
B 16 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt‡ Opt‡ 2x 8-S/S None None
C 24 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 3x 8-S/S None None
D 28 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt 3x 8-S/S None 1x 4-2.5
E 36 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 Opt Opt 3x 8-S/S 2x 4-2.5 1x 4-2.5
F 40 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 No Opt 3x 8-S/S 2x 4-2.5 2x 4-2.5
G 8 8 (1:1) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-NVMe None None
H 16 16 (1:1) 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 No No 2x 8-NVMe None None
I 24 24 (1:1) 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 3x 8-NVMe None None
J 32 32 (1:2) 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 Opt Opt 3x 8-NVMe 2x 4-NVMe None
K 16 8 (1:1) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt* Opt* 1x 8-S/S +
1x 8-NVMe		 None None
L 24 8 (1:1) 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 2x 8-S/S +
1x 8-NVMe		 None None
M 24 16 (1:1) 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 No No 1x 8-S/S +
2x 8-NVMe		 None None
N 8 8 (1:1) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-Any None None
O 8 8 (1:4§) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-Any None None
P 16 16 (1:4§) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 2x 8-Any None None
Q 16 16 (1:1) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 No No 1x 8-Any +
1x 8-NVMe		 None None
R 16 8 (1:1) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-S/S +
1x 8-Any		 None None
S 24 8 (1:1) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 2x 8-S/S +
1x 8-Any		 None None
T 28 8 (1:1) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt 2x 8-S/S +
1x 8-Any		 None 1x 4-2.5
Configurations with 1 processor installed
U 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt‡ 1x 8-S/S None None
V 16 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt 2x 8-S/S None None
W 24 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt 3x 8-S/S None None
X 28 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 No Opt 3x 8-S/S None 1x 4-2.5
Z 8 8 (1:4§) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt 1x 8-Any None None
AA 8 8 (1:1) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 No No 1x 8-NVMe None None

§ The text in parenthesis refers to the subscription ratio. See the NVMe support section for details.
* No support if using OB SATA + OB NVMe
‡ No support if using OB SATA

Controller selections

This section helps you determine with storage adapter are supported for your desired drive bay configuration.

In the tables, the controllers are grouped as follows:

  • RAID 8i corresponds to any of the following:
    • ThinkSystem RAID 530-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 7Y37A01082
    • ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A72482
    • ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A78834
    • ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 7Y37A01084
    • ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A72483
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A09728
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A09729
  • RAID 8i Int (also referred to as RAID 8i CFF, compact form factor) corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter, 4Y37A72484
  • RAID 16i corresponds to any of the following:
    • ThinkSystem RAID 530-16i PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A09727
    • ThinkSystem RAID 540-16i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A78835
    • ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 7Y37A01085
    • ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A72485
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A78600
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A09730
  • RAID 16i Int (also referred to as RAID 16i CFF, compact form factor) corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter, 4Y37A09735
    • ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter, 4Y37A72486
  • RAID 32i corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-32i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter, 4Y37A09733
  • RAID 940-8i/16i Trimode-U.3 corresponds to the following (or equivalent adapter part number with the latest adapter firmware):
    • ThinkSystem RAID  940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3, BDY4
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3, BGM1
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3, BM36
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter for U.3, BGM2
    • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3, BGM0
  • Exp Int corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem 48 port 12Gb Internal Expander
  • HBA 8i corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem 430-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA, 7Y37A01088
    • ThinkSystem 4350-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA, 4Y37A72480
    • ThinkSystem 440-8i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA, 4Y37A78601
  • HBA 16i corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem 430-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA, 7Y37A01089
    • ThinkSystem 4350-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA, 4Y37A72481
    • ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA, 4Y37A78602
  • HBA 16i Int (also referred to as HBA 16i CFF) corresponds to the following:
    • ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal HBA, 4Y37A09725
  • OB SATA (onboard SATA) corresponds to the following in CTO orders:
    • Onboard SATA AHCI Mode, feature AVUX
  • OB NVMe (onboard NVMe) corresponds to the following in CTO orders:
    • Non RAID NVMe, feature BC4V
  • Switch-8P corresponds to:
    • ThinkSystem 1610-8P NVMe Switch Adapter, 4Y37A09764
    • ThinkSystem 1611-8P PCIe Gen4 Switch Adapter, 4Y37A09737
  • Retimer:
    • ThinkSystem 4-Port PCIe Gen4 NVMe Retimer Adapter, 4C57A65446

Mixing of adapter families not supported: It is not supported to have a configuration with a mix of adapter families, X30, X350 and X40. For example, you cannot build a configuration with a 930 RAID adapter and a 9350 RAID adapter, or a configuration with 930 RAID adapter and 940 RAID adapter.

Many of the configurations also support the 7mm rear drive bays (which can can be either SATA or NVMe) and the M.2 adapter. Support is marked as "Opt" (short for Optional). "No" means no support for the respective drive type. Restrictions are noted as appropriate. See the 7mm drives and M.2 drives sections for details.

3.5-inch chassis configurations

The following table lists the supported drive bay combinations for configurations with 3.5-inch front drive bays, plus the list of supported controller combinations supported by each of those drive bay combinations. Information about the controllers can be found in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Table 26. Drive bay combinations with 3.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red cells = NVMe)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear bays 7mm
NVMe/
SATA		 M.2 Supported controller combinations
(choose one)
(drive count) (OB=onboard, F=Front, M=Mid, R=Rear)
S/S
3.5"		 Any
3.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • OB SATA (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) (F)
B 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt* Opt*
  • OB SATA (12) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F)
C 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (14) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F) + 1x RAID 8i (2) (R)
D 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 Opt† Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F) + RAID 8i (4) (R)
E 12 0 4 0 0 4 0 No Opt*
  • OB SATA (12) (F) + HBA 8i (8) (M+R)
  • 1x RAID 32i (20) (F+M+R)
F 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F) + RAID 8i (4) (R)
G 12 0 4 0 0 0 4 Opt* Opt*
  • OB SATA (12) (F) + HBA 8i (8) (M+R)
  • 1x RAID 32i (20) (F+M+R)
H 12 0 0 0 8 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F) + OB NVMe (8) (M)
I 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 No No
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) + OB NVMe (12) (F)
J 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Trimode-U.3 (12) (F)§
K 0 12 0 0 0 4 0 No No
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i + 12x OB NVMe (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (F) + 12x OB NVMe + 1x RAID 8i (R)
L 0 12 4 0 0 4 0 No No
  • 1x RAID 32i (20) + OB NVMe (12) (F+M+R)
Configurations with 1 processor installed
M 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt‡
  • OB SATA (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) (F)
N 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (12) (F)
O 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 No Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (14) (F+R)
P 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 No Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F+R)
R 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 No Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F+R)
S 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Trimode-U.3 (12) (F)§

* If using OB SATA then 7mm drives and M.2 are mutually exclusive
† No support if using second adapter for rear drives
‡ No support if using OB SATA
§ SAS, SATA or U.3 NVMe drives supported; U.2 NVMe drives not supported. Each NVMe drive has a PCIe x1 connection.

2.5-inch chassis configurations

The following table lists the supported drive bay combinations for configurations with 2.5-inch front drive bays, plus the list of supported controller combinations supported by each of those drive bay combinations. Information about the controllers can be found in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Table 27. Drive bay combinations with 2.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear bays 7mm
NVMe/
SATA		 M.2 Supported controller combinations
(choose one)
(drive count) (OB=onboard, F=Front, M=Mid, R=Rear)
S/S
2.5"		 Any
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • OB SATA (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID 8i Int (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int (8) (F)
B 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt‡ Opt‡
  • OB SATA (16) (F)
  • 2x RAID/HBA 8i (16) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int (16) (F)
C 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 3x RAID/HBA 8i (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i Int +  Exp 36i Int (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (24) (F)
D 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt
  • 3x RAID 8i (24) (F) + 1x RAID 8i (4) (R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (28) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (28) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID 32i (28) (F+R)
E 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (36) (F+M+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (36) (F+M+R)
F 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 No Opt
  • 1x RAID 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (40) (F+M+R)
G 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • OB NVMe (8) (F)
H 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 No No
  • OB NVMe (12) + 1x Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • OB NVMe (12) + 1x Retimer (4) (F)
I 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • OB NVMe (8) + 4x Retimer (4) (F)
  • 3x Switch-8P (24) (F) (1:2 oversub)
J 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 3x Switch-8P (24) (F) + 1x Switch-8P (8) (M)
K 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt* Opt*
  • OB SATA (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
L 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 2x RAID/HBA 8i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
M 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 No No
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Retimer (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Retimer (4) (F)
N 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID 8i Int (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) + 8x OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int (8) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
O 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID 940-8i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Int Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
P 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 2x RAID 940-8i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Int Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
Q 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 No No
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Retimer (4) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i + OB NVMe (12) + 1x Retimer (4) (F)
R 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 2x RAID/HBA 8i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Internal (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (16) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
S 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 3x RAID/HBA 8i (24) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (24) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (24) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (24) + OB NVMe (8) (F)
T 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 4 Opt Opt
  • 3x RAID/HBA 8i (24) + OB NVMe (8) (F) + 1x RAID/HBA 8i (4) (R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (28) + OB NVMe (8) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i Int + Exp 36i Int (28) + OB NVMe (8) (F+R)
  • 1x RAID 32i (28) + OB NVMe (8) (F+R)
Configurations with 1 processor installed
U 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt‡
  • OB SATA (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i (8) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (8) (F)
V 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt
  • 2x RAID/HBA 8i (16) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 16i (16) (F)
W 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Opt
  • 3x RAID/HBA 8i (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (24) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (24) (F)
X 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 No Opt
  • 1x RAID/HBA 8i + Exp 36i Int (28) (F)
  • 1x RAID 32i (28) (F)
Z 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opt Opt
  • 1x RAID 940-8i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
  • 1x RAID 940-16i Int Trimode-U.3 (8) (F)§
AA 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 No No
  • OB NVMe (4) + Switch-8P (4) (F)
  • OB NVMe (4) + Retimer (4) (F)

* No support if using OB SATA + OB NVMe
‡ No support if using OB SATA
§ SAS, SATA or U.3 NVMe drives supported; U.2 NVMe drives not supported. Each NVMe drive has a PCIe x1 connection.

Field upgrades

The SR665 is orderable without drive bays, allowing you to add a backplane, cabling and controllers as field upgrades. The server also supports upgrading some configurations by adding additional front drive bays (for example, upgrading from 8 to 16x 2.5-inch drive bays).

Upgrade path: The key criteria for upgrade support is to ensure that the target configuration is one of the supported drive bay configurations as listed in the Supported drive bay combinations section.

For example, if you are upgrading a 2.5-inch drive configuration from Config A to Config B, you will need these additional options:

  • 4XH7A60930, 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97A59775, SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit

To add drive bays you will need to order both drive backplanes and cable kits. Backplane kits do not include cables.

Topics in this section:

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Information Center:
https://thinksystem.lenovofiles.com/help/topic/7D2W/system_options.html?cp=4_13_7

3.5-inch chassis drive bay upgrades

The table below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 3.5-inch chassis configurations. The configurations each have a letter that matches the configurations listed in the Supported drive bay combinations and Controller selections sections.

Table 28. Drive bay field upgrade for the 3.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear bays Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
S/S
3.5"		 Any
3.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
A & M 8 0 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60932, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 8x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
B & N 12 0 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
C & O 12 0 0 0 2 0
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60940, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 2x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
D & P 12 0 0 0 4 0
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
E 12 0 4 0 4 0
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60937, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80384, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59765, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
F & R 12 0 0 0 0 4
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
G 12 0 4 0 0 4
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60937, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80384, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59765, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
H 12 0 0 8 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60936, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80380, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59771, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane NVMe Cable Kit
I 0 12 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60933, ThinkSystem SR665 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80382, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59763, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit
J & S 0 12 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60933, ThinkSystem SR665 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80381, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59762, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
K 0 12 0 0 4 0
  1. 4XH7A60933, ThinkSystem SR665 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80382, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59763, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
L 0 12 4 0 4 0
  1. 4XH7A60933, ThinkSystem SR665 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60937, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4X97A80382, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59763, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane Anybay Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80384, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59765, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80383, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59764, ThinkSystem SR665 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit

2.5-inch chassis drive bay upgrades

The table below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 2.5-inch chassis configurations. The configurations each have a letter that matches the configurations listed in the Supported drive bay combinations and Controller selections sections.

Note: Front drive cable kits are based on the location of the backplane in the server. The three backplane locations are BP1, BP2 and BP3 as shown in the following figure.

Backplane numbering
Figure 11. Backplane numbering

Table 29. Drive bay field upgrade for the 2.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
S/S
2.5"		 Any
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
2.5"
A & U 8 0 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
B & V 16 0 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
C & W 24 0 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
D & X 24 0 0 0 0 4
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  5. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  7. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  8. 4X97A80397, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59779, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
E 24 0 0 8 0 4
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4XH7A60935, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  5. 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  6. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  7. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  8. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  9. 4X97A80398, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59780, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  10. 4X97A80397, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59779, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
F 24 0 0 8 0 8
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4XH7A60935, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  5. 4XH7A60941, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  6. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  7. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  8. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  9. 4X97A80398, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59780, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  10. 4X97A80397, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59779, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
G & AA 0 0 8 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  2. 4X97A80392, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59774, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
H 0 0 16 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4X97A80399, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1+2 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59781, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1+2 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit
I (switch) 0 0 24 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  4. 4X97A80401, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis 24x and 32x NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59783, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis 24x and 32x NVMe Cable Kit
I (retimer) 0 0 24 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  4. 4X97A59855, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis 24x NVMe Retimer Cable Kit
J 0 0 24 0 8 0
  1. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  4. 4XH7A60936, ThinkSystem SR665 Middle 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  5. 4X97A80401, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis 24x and 32x NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59783, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis 24x and 32x NVMe Cable Kit
K 8 0 8 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80394, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59776, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
L 16 0 8 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  4. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80396, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59778, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
M 8 0 16 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  4. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80400, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2+3 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59782, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2+3 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit
N 0 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  3. 4X97A80392, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59774, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
O 0 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
P 0 16 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
Q 0 8 8 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A61059, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane option Kit
  3. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80399, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1+2 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59781, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1+2 16x NVMe System+Adapter Cable Kit
R 8 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  4. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80394, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59776, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
S 16 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  5. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  7. 4X97A80396, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59778, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
T 16 8 0 0 0 4
  1. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  3. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  4. 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  5. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  6. 4X97A80393, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59775, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  7. 4X97A80395, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59777, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  8. 4X97A80396, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59778, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
  9. 4X97A80397, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59779, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
Z (standard RAID) 0 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A80391, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit v2 or 4X97A59773, ThinkSystem SR665 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
Z (Internal RAID) 0 8 0 0 0 0
  1. 4XH7A60934, ThinkSystem SR665 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  2. 4X97A59856, ThinkSystem SR665 Internal HBA/RAID Adapter Cable Kit for Single-CPU system

If you have an existing configuration with an HBA or RAID adapter installed in one of the rear PCIe slots, and you wish to upgrade to one of the internal storage adapters (RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter or 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal HBA) you will need to order an additional cable kit as listed in the following table.

Table 30. Cable kit when upgrading to an Internal HBA/RAID adapter
Part number Description
4X97A80390 ThinkSystem SR665 Internal Raid Adapter Input Cable Kit v2
4X97A59772 ThinkSystem SR665 Internal RAID Adapter Input Cable Kit

When adding drive bays, you will also need to add the appropriate storage controller(s). Consult the tables in the Controller selections section to determine what controller sections are supported and what additional controllers you will need. Controllers are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Upgrades to Internal (CFF) RAID adapter

It is also supported to upgrade a server from an onboard SATA controller to an internal (CFF) RAID adapter, without changing any backplanes. In addition to ordering the RAID adapter, you will also need to order the cable kit listed in the following table.

Table 31. Upgrades to Internal (CFF) RAID adapter
Part number Description
4X97A86182 ThinkSystem Single CPU SR665/SR645 Internal RAID Adapter Cable Kit

RAID flash power module (supercap) support

If you plan to add one of the RAID adapters that includes a RAID flash power module (supercap) as a field upgrade, then you may also need to order a Supercap installation kit for the supercap, depending on the location where the supercap will be installed. For CTO orders, the components needed are automatically derived when you select the RAID adapter.

The adapters that this applies to are as follows:

  • ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter

The location of the supercaps depends on the mid-chassis drive cage used in the server, as shown in the following table.

Table 32. Supercap support
Mid drive cage Supercaps
supported		 Location of supercaps Supercap holder
No mid drive cage 4 Mounted on the air baffle Not needed
2.5-inch drives 2 Mounted on the left side of the mid drive cage Included with mid drive cage
3.5-inch drives 2 Mounted under the system fan cage Order separately for field upgrades (see following table)

When adding a RAID 930 or 940 adapter as a field upgrade to a configuration with 3.5-inch mid drive bays, order one supercap holder. Ordering information is in the following table.

Table 33. Supercap holder for 3.5-inch mid drive bay config
Part number Feature Description Maximum supported
4M17A61230 B8MQ ThinkSystem 2U Supercap Holder Kit 1 (holds 2 supercaps)

M.2 drives

The SR665 supports one or two M.2 form-factor SATA or NVMe drives for use as an operating system boot solution or as additional storage.

The M.2 drives install into an M.2 module which is mounted horizontally in the server:

  • In servers without mid-chassis drives, the M.2 module is mounted on the air baffle
  • With a mid-chassis drive cage (2.5-inch or 3.5-inch), the M.2 module is mounted on the drive cage, as shown in the Mid drive bays section.

There are three different M.2 modules supported, as listed in the following table.

Table 34. M.2 modules
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description SATA
drives		 NVMe
drives		 RAID Maximum
supported
4Y37A09739 B5XH ThinkSystem M.2 SATA 2-Bay RAID Adapter Yes No Yes 1
4Y37A09750 B8P9 ThinkSystem M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Adapter No Yes Yes 1
4Y37A09738 B5XJ ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Enablement Kit Yes Yes No 1

Supported drives are listed in the Internal drive options section.

The M.2 SATA 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two SATA M.2 drives
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • RAID support via an onboard Marvell 88SE9230 SATA RAID Controller
  • Support JBOD, RAID-0 and RAID-1 (RAID support requires two M.2 drives)
  • PCIe 2.0 x2 host interface; 6Gbps SATA connection to the drives
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two NVMe M.2 drives
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • RAID support via an onboard Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports single-drive RAID-0
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or two single-drive RAID-0 arrays
  • PCIe 3.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 3.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The M.2 SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • When two drives installed, they must be either both SATA or both NVMe
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • JBOD support only; no RAID support
  • Either 6Gbps SATA or PCIe 3.0 x1 interface to the drives depending on the drives installed
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

For field upgrades, the SR665 also requires an additional M.2 cable kit. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 35. M.2 Cable for field upgrades
Part number Description
4X97A59825 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 M.2 Cable Kit
  • 330mm signal cable

For further details about M.2 components, see the ThinkSystem M.2 Drives and M.2 Adapters product guide:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0769-thinksystem-m2-drives-adapters

7mm drives

The SR665 supports two 7mm drives, either both SATA or both NVMe, at the rear of the server. These drives go in place of either PCIe slot 3 or PCIe slot 6 as shown in the following figure.

Connected to CPU 2: The 7mm drives are connected to CPU 2 regardless of which slot the drives are physically installed in.

SR665 7mm drive bays
Figure 12. 7mm drive bays

For CTO orders, use the ordering information in the following table for the 7mm drive bays. In the DCSC configurator, you specify which PCIe riser the 7mm drives should be installed in (Riser 1 for slot 3 or Riser 2 for slot 6) by specifying riser feature code B8LQ either for Riser 1 or for Riser 2.

Tip for 4x 3.5-inch rear drives: If you wish to configure 4x 3.5-inch rear drives plus 7mm drives in a CTO configuration (Config D in Supported drive bay combinations), the 7mm drives will install in slot 6. You should specify riser card B8LS for Riser 1 and then leave Riser 2 without a riser selected.

Table 36. 7mm rear drive bays (CTO)
Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
7mm drive bays
B8P2 ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ SATA RAID 1
B8P3 ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ NVMe RAID 1
Riser needed for 7mm drive support (used in Riser 1 or Riser 2)
B8LQ ThinkSystem 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 Slot 1&2 Riser 1 or 2 1

For field upgrades, using the following ordering information. The kits include two cages for use depending on your PCIe slot configuration. The cages are for either Riser 1 or Riser 2.

Table 37. 7mm rear drive bays (field upgrades)
Part number Description
4XH7A60927 ThinkSystem SR665 Rear 2x7mm SATA RAID Enablement Kit
  • 2-bay SATA RAID hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables
4XH7A60928 ThinkSystem SR665 Rear 2x7mm NVMe RAID Enablement Kit
  • 2-bay NVMe RAID hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables

Each drive enclosure includes an integrated controller providing RAID functions.

The 7mm SATA RAID Drive Kit has the following features:

  • Supports 1 or 2 SATA hot-swap drives; drives are 7mm high and 2.5-inches wide
  • Integrated controller based on the Marvell 88SE9230 SATA RAID Controller
  • PCIe 2.0 x2 host interface to the server system board
  • Provides 6 Gbps SATA connectivity to the drives
  • Supports JBOD, RAID-0 and RAID-1
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The 7mm NVMe RAID Drive Kit has the following features:

  • Supports 1 or 2 NVMe hot-swap drives; drives are 7mm high and 2.5-inches wide
  • Integrated controller based on the Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID Controller
  • PCIe 3.0 x2 host interface to the server system board
  • Provides PCIe 3.0 x1 connectivity to each drive
  • Supports RAID-0 and RAID-1 (JBOD is not supported)
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The following figure shows the 7mm NVMe RAID Drive enclosure installed in the 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage.

7mm NVMe RAID Drive enclosure installed in the 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage
Figure 13. 7mm NVMe RAID Drive enclosure installed in the 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage

SED encryption key management with SKLM

The server supports self-encrypting drives (SEDs) as listed in the Internal drive options section. To effectively manage a large deployment of these drives in Lenovo servers, IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager (SKLM) offers a centralized key management solution.

The IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager software is available from Lenovo using the ordering information listed in the following table.

Table 38. IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager licenses
Part number Description
7S0A007FWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007HWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007KWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007MWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007PWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months

Controllers for internal storage

The SR665 offers a variety of controller options for internal drives:

  • For 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drives:
    • Onboard SATA ports (feature AVUX)
    • Onboard NVMe ports (feature BC4V)
    • NVMe switch and retimer adapters (PCIe slot-based)
    • RAID adapters and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (PCIe slot-based)
    • RAID adapters, SAS Expander, and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (cabled in a dedicated space)
  • For 7mm drive bays in the rear of the server (see the 7mm drives section)
    • SATA controller integrated into the 7mm drive bay enclosure
    • NVMe controller integrated into the 7mm drive bay enclosure
  • For M.2 drives internal to the server (see M.2 drives section)
    • SATA controller integrated on the M.2 SATA 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit
    • NVMe controller integrated on the M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit

As well as supporting RAID adapters and HBAs that install in a PCIe slot, the SR665 with 2.5-inch front drive bays supports a custom adapter that is mounted in the server and cabled to one of the onboard NVMe ports. The HBA 440-16i Internal Adapter and RAID 940-16i Internal Adapter are mounted behind the front 2.5-inch drive bays, as shown in the following figure. These Internal Adapters are not supported with 3.5-inch front drives due to a lack of physical space.

ThinkSystem 12Gb Internal Expander (left) and ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i Internal Adapter (right) installed in the ThinkSystem SR665 (cables and system fans removed for clarity)
Figure 14. ThinkSystem 12Gb Internal Expander (left) and ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i Internal Adapter (right) installed in the ThinkSystem SR665 (cables and system fans removed for clarity)

The following table lists the adapters used for the internal storage of the server.

Configurator tip: When configuring your server in DCSC, you must select a controller feature code, even if you are just using the onboard SATA or NVMe. For onboard NVMe, select feature BC4V, and for onboard SATA, select feature AVUX. If you don't then you may get an indirect error saying that the selection of the backplane is not valid.

Tip: The ThinkSystem 48 port 12Gb Internal Expander used to be named the ThinkSystem 36i 12Gb Internal Expander.

 
Table 39. Internal Storage adapter support
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Power module
(supercap)		 Slots
supported		 Maximum
supported
Onboard controllers
CTO only AVUX Onboard SATA AHCI Mode No N/A 1
CTO only BC4V Non RAID NVMe (Onboard NVMe) No N/A 1
SAS/SATA RAID - PCIe 3.0 adapters - 8-port
7Y37A01082 AUNG ThinkSystem RAID 530-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter No All rear slots 4
4Y37A72482 BJHK ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter No All rear slots 4**
4Y37A84028 BRQV ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter No Internal 1
4Y37A72484 BQ0Z ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Internal 1*
4Y37A72483 BJHL ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 4**
7Y37A01084 AUNJ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 4
SAS/SATA RAID - PCIe 3.0 adapters - 16-port
4Y37A09727 BFY5 ThinkSystem RAID 530-16i PCIe 12Gb Adapter No All rear slots 1
7Y37A01085 AUNK ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1
4Y37A09721 B31E ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 8GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1
4Y37A72486 BQ10 ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Internal 1*
4Y37A72485 BJHN ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1**
SAS/SATA RAID - PCIe 4.0 adapters - 8-port
4Y37A78834 BMFT ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter No All rear slots 4
4Y37A09729† B8NW ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 4
4Y37A09728† B8NY ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 4
SAS/SATA RAID - PCIe 4.0 adapters - 16-port and 32-port
4Y37A78835 BNAX ThinkSystem RAID 540-16i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter No All rear slots 1
4Y37A78600† BM35 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1
4Y37A09735† B8P0 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Internal 1*
4Y37A09730† B8NZ ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1
4Y37A09733 B8P8 ThinkSystem RAID 940-32i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included All rear slots 1
SAS/SATA HBA - PCIe 3.0 adapters
7Y37A01088 AUNL ThinkSystem 430-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 2
7Y37A01089 AUNM ThinkSystem 430-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 1
4Y37A72480 BJHH ThinkSystem 4350-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 4**
4Y37A72481 BJHJ ThinkSystem 4350-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 1**
SAS/SATA HBA - PCIe 4.0 adapters
4Y37A09725 B8P1 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal HBA No Internal 1*
4Y37A78601 BM51 ThinkSystem 440-8i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 2
4Y37A78602 BM50 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA No All rear slots 1
SAS Expander
4Y37A09736 B8P6 ThinkSystem 48 port 12Gb Internal Expander No Internal 1
NVMe adapters
4C57A65446 B98C ThinkSystem 4-Port PCIe Gen4 NVMe Retimer Adapter No All rear slots 4
4Y37A09764 B4PA ThinkSystem 1610-8P NVMe Switch Adapter (PCIe Gen3 adapter‡) No All rear slots 4
4Y37A09737 B8P5 ThinkSystem 1611-8P PCIe Gen4 Switch Adapter No All rear slots 4
4Y37A09728† BGM1 ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included All rear slots 2
4Y37A09729† BGM0 ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included All rear slots 2
4Y37A09735† BGM2 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter for U.3 Included Internal 1*
4Y37A78600† BM36 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included All rear slots 1
4Y37A09730† BDY4 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included All rear slots 1

* Only supported with 2.5-inch front drive bays. Not supported in configurations with 3.5-inch front drive bays.
† Adapter also supports PCIe 4.0 x1 connectivity to NVMe drives (requires NVMe drives with U.3 interface)
‡ The 1610-8P NVMe Switch Adapter is a PCIe 3.0 adapter - this means all NVMe drives connected to it will operate at Gen 3 speed
** Supported only with EPYC 7003 "Milan" processors. Not supported with an EPYC 7002 "Rome" processors.

Configuration notes:

  • Mixing of adapter families not supported: It is not supported to have a configuration with a mix of adapter families, X30, X350 and X40. For example, you cannot build a configuration with a 930 RAID adapter and a 9350 RAID adapter, or a configuration with 930 RAID adapter and 940 RAID adapter.
  • X350 adapters require EPYC 7003 "Milan" processors: The use of the 9350, 5350 and 4350 adapters requires EPYC 7003 Series "Milan" processors. EPYC 7002 "Rome" processors are not supported.
  • Supercap support limits the number of RAID adapters installable: The table lists whether the adapter includes a power module (supercap) to power the flash memory. The server supports between 1 and 4 supercaps depending on the server configuration as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section. The number of supercaps supported also determines the maximum number of RAID adapters with flash that can be installed in the server.
  • Field upgrades: If you are adding a RAID adapter with supercap to the server as a field upgrade, you may need a supercap holder as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section.
  • 7mm drive support: The storage adapters listed in the table below do not provide connectivity to the 7mm drive bays that are optionally available at the rear of the server. The 7mm drives have their own independent RAID controller. See the 7mm drives section for details.
  • RAID 530-8i firmware: If you plan to use the RAID 530-8i in the server, it must have firmware 50.3.0-1032 or later applied before it can be used in the server. If the adapter you plan to use has older firmware (for example, you are using an adapter you previously purchased), it must first be upgrade by installing it in another server and upgrading the firmware there. For more information, see Support tip HT509177.

  • E810 Ethernet and X350 RAID/HBAs: The use of both an Intel E810 network adapter and an X350 HBA/RAID adapter (9350, 5350 and 4350) is supported, however E810 firmware CVL4.3 or later is required. For details, see Support Tip HT513226.

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

The onboard SATA controller has the following features:

  • Controller integrated into the AMD processor
  • JBOD only; no RAID support
  • Supports up to 12 SATA drives in the SR665
  • Supports HDDs and SSDs; can be mixed

For specifications about the RAID adapters and HBAs supported by the SR665, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1288-lenovo-thinksystem-raid-adapter-and-hba-reference#sr665-support=SR665

For more information about each of the adapters, see the product guides in the RAID adapters or HBA sections of the Lenovo Press web site:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

Internal drive options

The following tables list the drive options for internal storage of the server.

2.5-inch hot-swap drives:

2.5-inch 7mm hot-swap drives:

3.5-inch hot-swap drives:

M.2 drives:

M.2 drive support: The use of M.2 drives requires an additional adapter as described in the M.2 drives subsection.

SED support: The tables include a column to indicate which drives support SED encryption. The encryption functionality can be disabled if needed. Note: Not all SED-enabled drives have "SED" in the description.

Table 40. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00021 AULV ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00022 AULW ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00023 AULX ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00024 AULY ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00025 AULZ ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00027 AUM1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00028 AUM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.8TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 40
4XB7A83970 BRG7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00034 AUM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00035 AUM7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00031 AUM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED Support 40
7XB7A00033 B0YX ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED Support 40
4XB7A84038 BRG8 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS v2 Support 40
Table 41. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00036 AUUE ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00037 AUUJ ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 40
Table 42. 2.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80340 BNW8 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80341 BNW9 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80342 BNW6 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80343 BP3K ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80318 BNWC ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80319 BNWE ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80320 BNWF ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80321 BP3E ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80322 BP3J ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80323 BP3D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 30.72TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
Table 43. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A83214 BR10 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 400GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83215 BR0Z ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 800GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83216 BR0Y ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 1.6TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83217 BR0X ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 3.2TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A70006 BG07 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 400GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70005 BG06 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70007 BFZZ ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A70004 BG05 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70003 BG04 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17062 B8HU ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17063 B8J4 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17065 B8JA ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 6.4TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A38175 B91A ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 960GB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38176 B91B ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 1.92TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17054 B91C ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17055 B91D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 7.68TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17056 BC4R ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 15.36TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
Table 44. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A90884 BYM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90885 BYM4 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90886 BYM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90887 BYM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A82289 BQ21 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82290 BQ24 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82291 BQ22 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82292 BQ23 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A17125 BA7Q ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17126 BA4T ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17127 BA4U ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17128 BK7L ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17087 B8J1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17089 B8J6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A13972 BNEW ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB  Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A17090 B8JE ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38193 B93K ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A17091 B8J7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A64222 BEMB ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A13633 B49L ThinkSystem 2.5" S4610 240GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13634 B49M ThinkSystem 2.5" S4610 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13635 B49N ThinkSystem 2.5" S4610 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13636 B49P ThinkSystem 2.5" S4610 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13637 B49Q ThinkSystem 2.5" S4610 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90872 BYLQ ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90873 BYLR ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90874 BYLS ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90875 BYLT ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90876 BYLU ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90877 BYLV ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A89423 BXDY ThinkSystem 2.5" CM893a 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87524 BWKN ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87525 BWKM ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87526 BWKL ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87527 BWKK ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87528 BYLK ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82258 BQ1Q ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82259 BQ1P ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82260 BQ1R ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82261 BQ1X ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82262 BQ1S ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82263 BQ1T ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A72438 BM8B ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72439 BM8A ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72440 BM89 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72441 BM88 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72442 BM87 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17072 B99D ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17101 BA7G ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17102 BA7H ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17103 BA7J ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17104 BK77 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17105 BK78 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A38271 BCTC ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38272 BCTD ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38273 BCTE ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38274 BCTF ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38275 BCTG ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17075 B8HV ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17076 B8JM ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17077 B8HP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38141 BE29 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A17078 B8J5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17079 B8JP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A17080 B8J2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A38192 B93M ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD SED Support 40
4XB7A38185 B9AC ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD No 40
4XB7A38144 B7EW ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD No 40
4XB7A38145 B7EX ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD No 40
4XB7A38146 B7EY ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD No 40
4XB7A10247 B498 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4510 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A10248 B499 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4510 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A10249 B49A ThinkSystem 2.5" S4510 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13622 B49B ThinkSystem 2.5" S4510 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A13623 B49C ThinkSystem 2.5" S4510 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
Table 45. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A17158 BKKY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 400GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17159 BKKZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 800GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17160 BMM8 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 1.6TB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17129 BNEG ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17130 BNEH ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17133 BNEZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17136 BA4V ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17152 BCFV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5600 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17153 BCFR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5600 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17154 BCFS ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5600 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A95054 C2BG ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 800GB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95055 C2BV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95056 C2BW ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95057 C2BF ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95058 C2BX ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79639 BNF1 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 800GB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13967 BNEJ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13970 BNEY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13971 BNEL ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A84056 BRG0 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A64175 BE03 ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-V 800GB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A17112 B96Z ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A17113 B96T ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A17114 B96P ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-V 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93075 C1WJ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5336 30.72TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93076 C1WK ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5336 61.44TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90099 BXMB ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90100 BXMA ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90101 BXM9 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79697 BNM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13941 BMGD ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13942 BMGE ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13943 BNEF ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13631 BNEQ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17145 BCFT ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5500 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17146 BCFW ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5500 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17147 BCFU ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5500 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A38196 BC4Y ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A38197 BC4Z ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A38257 BE2A ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD SED Support 32
4XB7A38283 BE2E ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A38258 BE2B ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD SED Support 32
4XB7A38284 BE2F ThinkSystem U.2 PM1733 15.36TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A95049 C2BY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95050 C2BR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95051 C2BS ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95052 C2BT ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95053 C2BU ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A81951 BPKX ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1733a 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A81952 BPKY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1733a 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A81953 BPKZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1733a 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A81954 BPL0 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1733a 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A81999 BPL1 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1733a 30.72TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79646 BNF3 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79647 BNF2 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79648 BNF5 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79649 BNF4 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A83097 BQAV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A64141 BE2G ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-R 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A38269 BE2C ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-R 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD SED Support 32
4XB7A64142 BE2H ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-R 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A38270 BE2D ThinkSystem U.3 Kioxia CM6-R 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD SED Support 32
Table 46. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A13936 B589 ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A13937 B58A ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A13938 B58B ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A08517 B21X ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A08518 B21Y ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A10202 B58F ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 1.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A10204 B58G ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P4510 2.0TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A10205 B58H ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 4.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A08513 B58J ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 8.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A10175 B34N ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
4XB7A10176 B34P ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 32
Table 47. 7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A82264 BQ1U ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82265 BQ1V ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82266 BQ1W ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82267 BR13 ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82268 BR12 ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82269 BR11 ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A17106 BK79 ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
4XB7A17107 BK7A ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
4XB7A17108 BK7B ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
4XB7A38181 B8JQ ThinkSystem 7mm 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb SSD No 2
4XB7A38182 B8JT ThinkSystem 7mm 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb SSD No 2
4XB7A38183 B8JS ThinkSystem 7mm 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb SSD No 2
Table 48. 7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90096 BXMN ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90097 BXMM ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90098 BXML ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82853 BPZ4 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82855 BPZ5 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82856 BPZ6 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
Table 49. 7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A38216 BB63 ThinkSystem 7mm PM983 960GB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 2
Table 50. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00038 AUU2 ThinkSystem 3.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00039 AUU3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00040 AUUC ThinkSystem 3.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00042 AUU5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00043 AUU6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
4XB7A88064 BVZC ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00044 AUU7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00045 B0YR ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00046 AUUG ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00067 B117 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93788 C4DA ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A13906 B496 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13911 B7EZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93786 C4D8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A38266 BCFP ThinkSystem 3.5" 18TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A80353 BPKU ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93784 C4D6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A83766 BTR7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 22TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00047 AUUH ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD FIPS Support 20
7XB7A00066 B0YQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS Support 20
Table 51. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00049 AUUF ThinkSystem 3.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00050 AUUD ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00051 AUU8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00052 AUUA ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00053 AUU9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00054 AUUB ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00068 B118 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93787 C4D9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A13907 B497 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13914 B7F0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93785 C4D7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A38130 BCFH ThinkSystem 3.5" 18TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A80354 BPKV ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A93783 C4D5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 Support 20
4XB7A83765 BTR8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 22TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 20
Table 52. 3.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80344 BNW7 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80345 BNWA ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80346 BNWB ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80347 BP3G ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80324 BNWD ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80325 BNWG ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80326 BNWH ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80327 BP3F ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80328 BP3H ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
Table 53. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A83218 BR0W ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3750 400GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A70011 BG03 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 400GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70010 BG02 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70009 BG01 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70008 BG00 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17066 B8HT ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17043 B8JN ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17067 B8JK ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17068 B8JG ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 6.4TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17058 B91E ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17059 BEVK ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1643a 7.68TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
Table 54. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A90888 BYM3 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90889 BYM7 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90890 BYM8 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90891 BYLX ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A87202 BURK ThinkSystem 3.5" 5400 MAX 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A17137 BA4W ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17138 BA4X ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17139 BA4Y ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17140 BK7P ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17096 B8JL ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17098 B8J0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17099 B8HR ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17100 B8HX ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A13639 B49R ThinkSystem 3.5" S4610 240GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13640 B49S ThinkSystem 3.5" S4610 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13641 B49T ThinkSystem 3.5" S4610 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13642 B49U ThinkSystem 3.5" S4610 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13643 B49V ThinkSystem 3.5" S4610 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90878 BYLW ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90879 BYLJ ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90880 BYLY ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90881 BYLZ ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90882 BYM0 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90883 BYM1 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A17118 BA7K ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17119 BA7L ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17120 BA7M ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17121 BA7N ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17122 BK7F ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17123 BK7G ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A38276 BCTH ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A38277 BCTJ ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A38278 BCTK ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A38279 BCTL ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A38281 BCTM ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17081 B8JB ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17082 B8J9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17083 B8JC ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17084 B8HZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17085 B8HQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A17086 B8J3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A13625 B49D ThinkSystem 3.5" S4510 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13626 B49E ThinkSystem 3.5" S4510 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13627 B49F ThinkSystem 3.5" S4510 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13628 B49G ThinkSystem 3.5" S4510 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A13629 B49H ThinkSystem 3.5" S4510 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
Table 55. 3.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17141 BNEK ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17143 BNEM ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17144 BNEN ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17148 BNEP ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17155 BCFM ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5600 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
4XB7A17156 BCFJ ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5600 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
4XB7A17157 BCFQ ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5600 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
3.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A64176 BE04 ThinkSystem 3.5" Kioxia CM6-V 800GB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A17115 B96V ThinkSystem 3.5" Kioxia CM6-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A17116 B96K ThinkSystem 3.5" Kioxia CM6-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A17117 B96W ThinkSystem 3.5" Kioxia CM6-V 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A13632 BNES ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76777 BNET ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76778 BNEU ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76779 BNF0 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
Table 56. 3.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A13944 B58C ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A13945 B58D ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A13946 B58E ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A08533 B220 ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A08534 B221 ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A10178 B34Q ThinkSystem 3.5" PM983 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
4XB7A10179 B34R ThinkSystem 3.5" PM983 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD No 12
Table 57. M.2 SATA drives
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A89422 BYF7 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90049 BYF8 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90230 BYF9 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90105 BXMK ThinkSystem M.2 ER2 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90106 BXMJ ThinkSystem M.2 ER2 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82286 BQ1Z ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82287 BQ1Y ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82288 BQ20 ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
7N47A00129 AUUL ThinkSystem M.2 32GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
7N47A00130 AUUV ThinkSystem M.2 128GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
4XB7A17071 B8HS ThinkSystem M.2 5300 240GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
4XB7A17073 B919 ThinkSystem M.2 5300 480GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
4XB7A17074 B8JJ ThinkSystem M.2 5300 960GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
Table 58. M.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe drives
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A84603 BS2Q ThinkSystem M.2 7450 MAX 800GB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
M.2 SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90102 BXMH ThinkSystem M.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90103 BXMG ThinkSystem M.2 PM9A3 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90104 BXMF ThinkSystem M.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82636 BS2P ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 480GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A13999 BKSR ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A14000 BKSS ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive Entry NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A84604 BS2R ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
Table 59. M.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe drives
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - PCIe 3.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A38177 B8JR ThinkSystem M.2 PM983 960GB NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2

USB memory key

For general portable storage needs, the server also supports the USB memory key option that is listed in the following table.

Table 60. USB memory key
Part number Feature Description
4X77A08621 B8NV ThinkSystem 32GB USB Flash Drive

Internal backup units

The server does not supports any internal backup units, such as tape drives or RDX drives. External backup units are available as described in the External backup units section.

Optical drives

The server supports the external USB optical drive listed in the following table.

Table 61. External optical drive
Part number Feature code Description
7XA7A05926 AVV8 ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive

The drive is based on the Lenovo Slim DVD Burner DB65 drive and supports the following formats: DVD-RAM, DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-R, DVD-ROM, DVD-R DL, CD-RW, CD-R, CD-ROM.

I/O expansion

The server supports a total of up to 8 PCIe 4.0 slots, all full-height and all with rear access, plus a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot for networking. Slot availability is based on riser selection. The use of slots 4-8 requires that both processors be installed.

The slots are provided by riser cards:

  • Riser 1: Slots 1, 2 and 3 (CPU 1)
  • Riser 2: Slots 4, 5, and 6 (CPU 2)
  • Riser 3: Slot 7 (CPU 1), and Slot 8 (CPU 2)

NVMe support: The use of Riser 3 is mutually exclusive to onboard NVMe support as they use the same PCIe connectors. See the System architecture section.

The slots in each riser are either PCIe 4.0 x16 or PCIe 4.0 x8 depending on the riser card selected as listed in the table below. All x8 slots are physically x16 slots. Riser 1 and Riser 2 are also available with PCIe 3.0 adapter slots, using a lower-cost PCIe 3.0 riser, if desired.

As discussed in the Internal storage section, the server supports drive bays in the rear of the server. Depending on the drive bays selected, the number of slots available for adapters is reduced. The figure below shows the supported combinations of slots and drive bays.

Tip: For configurations with 2.5-inch front drive bays, an internal RAID adapter or HBA can be installed in a dedicated space and cabled to a PCIe 4.0 x8 connector, thereby freeing up a slot for other purposes.

The following figure shows the locations of the rear-accessible slots for each configuration selection. The OCP slot in located in the lower-left corner.

SR665 slots
Figure 15. SR665 slot configurations

The following table lists the riser slots available for CTO builds.

Tip: It is also possible to not have any slot selections, in which case slot fillers will be derived in the configurator. Slots can be added later as field upgrades using option part numbers as listed in the Field upgrades table.

Table 62. Riser cards
Feature
code		 Description Slot configuration* Purpose
Riser 1 Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3  
B8LJ 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x8/x8 Riser 1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8 3 slots PCIe 4.0
B8LL 2U PCIe Gen3 x16/x8/x8 Riser 1 or 2 Gen3 x16 Gen3 x8 Gen3 x8 3 slots PCIe 3.0
B8LQ 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 Slot 1&2 Riser 1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 No slot COM port or 7mm drives in slot 3
B8LR 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 Slot 2&3 Riser 1 or 2 No slot Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 Double-wide GPU in slot 2
B8LS 2U PCIe Gen4 x16 Riser 1 or 2 No slot No slot Gen4 x16 For 4x 3.5-inch drives
Riser 2 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6  
B8LJ 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x8/x8 Riser 1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8 3 slots PCIe 4.0
B8LL 2U PCIe Gen3 x16/x8/x8 Riser 1 or 2 Gen3 x16 Gen3 x8 Gen3 x8 3 slots PCIe 3.0
B8LQ 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 Slot 1&2 Riser 1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 No slot COM port or 7mm drives in slot 6
B8LR 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 Slot 2&3 Riser 1 or 2 No slot Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 Double-wide GPU in slot 5
B8LS 2U PCIe Gen4 x16 Riser 1 or 2 No slot No slot Gen4 x16 For 2x or 4x 3.5-inch drives
Riser 3 Slot 7 Slot 8  
B8MK 2U PCIe Gen4 x16/x16 PCIe Riser 3 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16   2x PCIe 4.0 x16 slots
BHWK 2U x16/x16 PCIe Riser3 Kit v2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16   2x PCIe 4.0 x16 slots, NVFF5.0 compatible†
B97Z 2U PCIe Gen4 x8/x8 PCIe Riser 3 Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8   2x PCIe 4.0 x8 slots

* All PCIe x8 slots are physically x16 slots
† NVFF5.0 is NVIDIA Form Factor 5.0 and support is required for all NVIDIA Ampere GPUs

Serial port

The SR665 optionally supports a RS-232 serial port by adding a COM port bracket to either slot 3 or slot 6. Ordering information is shown in the following table.

Table 63. Serial port
Part number Feature code Description
4Z17A80446 BMNJ ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit v2
7Z17A02577 AUSL ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit

The bracket is shown in the following figure.

ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit
Figure 16. ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit

Field upgrades

Slot configurations can also be ordered as field upgrades using option part numbers, as listed in the following table.

Tip: If you want to add both a 7mm drive enclosure plus PCIe slots in slot 4 and 5, you will need to order the 7mm drive option (either 4XH7A60927 or 4XH7A60928) plus the 2U x16/x16/E PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Kit, 4XH7A09878. The latter part number provides the 2-slot riser card.

Table 64. Field upgrades for PCIe slots
Part number Description and contents Maximum
Supported
Riser 1 & 2 field upgrades
4XH7A61079 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 x16/x8/x8 PCIe G4 Riser1/2 Option Kit v2
  • 3-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 3-Slot PCIe 4.0 (x16+x8+x8) Riser Card
 2
4XH7A61080 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 x16/x8/x8 PCIe G3 Riser 1/2 Option Kit v2
  • 3-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 3-Slot PCIe 3.0 (x16+x8+x8) Riser Card
 2
4XH7A61081 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 x16/x16/E PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Option Kit v2
  • 3-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 2-Slot PCIe 4.0 (x16+x16+Empty) Riser Card
 2
4XH7A09880 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 x16 PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Option Kit
  • 1-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slot)
  • 1-Slot PCIe 4.0 x16 Riser Card
 2
4XH7A61082 ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 E/x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Option Kit v2
  • 3-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 2-Slot PCIe 4.0 (Empty+x16+x16) Riser Card
 2
Riser 2 with 7mm drive bay field upgrades
4XH7A60927 ThinkSystem SR665 Rear 2x7mm SATA RAID Enablement Kit
  • 2-bay SATA RAID HS drive enclosure with cables
  • Riser Cage for 7mm drive + 2 full-height slots*
  • Riser Cage for 7mm drives without slots
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
 1
4XH7A60928 ThinkSystem SR665 Rear 2x7mm NVMe RAID Enablement Kit
  • 2-bay NVMe RAID HS drive enclosure with cables
  • Riser Cage for 7mm drive + 2 full-height slots*
  • Riser Cage for 7mm drives without slots
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
 1
Riser 3 field upgrades
4XH7A09884 ThinkSystem SR665 x8/x8 PCIe Riser3 Kit
  • 2-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 2-Slot PCIe 4.0 (x8+x8) Riser Card
  • Rear wall bracket
  • Signal/power cable set (4 cables)
 1
4XH7A61083 ThinkSystem SR665 x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser3 Option Kit v2
  • 2-Slot Riser Cage (full-height slots)
  • 2-Slot PCIe 4.0 (x16+x16) Riser Card
  • Rear wall bracket
  • Signal/power cable set (6 cables)
 1

* To add two x16 slots, you will need to also order a riser card using option 4XH7A09878

Network adapters

The server has a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 4.0 x16 host interface. See Figure 3 for the location of the OCP slot.

The following table lists the supported OCP adapters. One port can optionally be shared with the XCC management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support. Only 1 OCP card can be installed in the server.

Table 65. Supported OCP adapters
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
Gigabit Ethernet
4XC7A08235 B5T1 ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A88428 BW97 ThinkSystem Intel I350 1GbE RJ45 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter V2 1
4XC7A08277 B93E ThinkSystem Intel I350 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
Combo Gigabit + 10 GbE
4XC7A08239 B5SS ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-port + 5720 1GbE 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
10 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A08236 B5ST ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08240 B5T4 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08278 BCD5 ThinkSystem Intel X710-T2L 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A80268 BPPY ThinkSystem Intel X710-T4L 10GBase-T 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08310 BB8U ThinkSystem Marvell QL41132 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
25 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A08237 B5SZ ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08242 B5SV ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A80567 BPPW ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08294 BCD4 ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A80269 BP8L ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA4 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08264 B5SW ThinkSystem Marvell QL41232 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A08246 B5T2 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1
4XC7A62582 BE4T ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1

The following table lists additional supported network adapters that can be installed in the regular PCIe slots.

Table 66. Supported PCIe Network Adapters
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported		 Slots
supported
Gigabit Ethernet
7ZT7A00482 AUZX ThinkSystem Broadcom 5720 1GbE RJ45 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
7ZT7A00484 AUZV ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
7ZT7A00533 AUZZ ThinkSystem I350-F1 PCIe 1Gb 1-Port SFP Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
7ZT7A00534 AUZY ThinkSystem I350-T2 PCIe 1Gb 2-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
7ZT7A00535 AUZW ThinkSystem I350-T4 PCIe 1Gb 4-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
10 Gb Ethernet
7ZT7A00496 AUKP ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A08245 B5SU ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
00MM860 ATPX Intel X550-T2 Dual Port 10GBase-T Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A80266 BNWL ThinkSystem Intel X710-T2L 10GBase-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 Any slots
7ZT7A00537 AUKX ThinkSystem Intel X710-DA2 PCIe 10Gb 2-Port SFP+ Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A79699 BMXB ThinkSystem Intel X710-T4L 10GBase-T 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A08225 B31G ThinkSystem QLogic QL41134 PCIe 10Gb 4-Port Base-T Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
25 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A84827 BUQK ThinkSystem AMD X3522 10/25GbE DSFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter (Low Latency) 8 All slots
4XC7A08238 B5T0 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A08316 BD49 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter V2 8 All slots
4XC7A08241 B5T3 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A80566 BNWM ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4XC7A08295 BCD6 ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A80267 BP8M ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA4 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4XC7A08270 B652 ThinkSystem Marvell QL41232 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
01GR250 AUAJ Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A08249 B653 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A62580 BE4U ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A62581 BHE2 ThinkSystem Solarflare X2522-Plus 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 8 All slots
4XC7A08317 BFPU ThinkSystem Xilinx Alveo U25 25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe FPGA Adapter 2 1, 3, 4
100Gb Ethernet and HDR100 InfiniBand
4XC7A08297 B96F ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-Port PCIe 4 Ethernet Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4XC7A08248 B8PP ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4C57A14177 B4R9 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100/100GbE QSFP56 1-port PCIe VPI Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4C57A14178 B4RA ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100/100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe VPI Adapter 6 Any 6 slots
4XC7A76757 BLC2 ThinkSystem Xilinx Alveo U50 Data Center Accelerator Adapter 6 1,4,2,5,7,8
200Gb Ethernet and NDR200/HDR InfiniBand
4C57A15326 B4RC ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR/200GbE QSFP56 1-port PCIe 4 VPI Adapter 3 1,2,3,7
4C57A14179 B4RB ThinkSystem Mellanox HDR/200GbE 2x PCIe Aux Kit 3 4,5,6,8
4XC7A81883 BQBN ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR200/200GbE QSFP112 2-port PCIe Gen5 x16 Adapter 3 4,5,6,8
400Gb / NDR InfiniBand
4XC7A80289 BQ1N ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR OSFP400 1-Port PCIe Gen5 x16 InfiniBand Adapter 6 Any 6 slots

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Networking adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

Configuration requirements:

  • Xilinx Alveo U50 and U25 adapters:
    • With the NVIDIA A100 installed, the Xilinx adapters can be installed in slots 3 and 4
    • Without the NVIDIA A100 installed, the Xilinx adapters can be installed in slots 1 and 4.
  • Use of the Mellanox HDR PCIe Aux Kit: The HDR Aux Kit (4C57A14179) enables a Socket Direct connection which allows the HDR adapter (4C57A15326) to have direct access to each of the two processors. Such a configuration ensures extremely low latency and CPU utilization in addition to higher network throughput. Socket Direct also maximizes AI and ML application performance, as it enables native GPU-Direct Technologies.
  • Mellanox HDR/HDR100 adapters: The following thermal requirement apply:
    • The Performance cooling fans must be installed. See the Cooling section for details.

  • E810 Ethernet and X350 RAID/HBAs: The use of both an Intel E810 network adapter and an X350 HBA/RAID adapter (9350, 5350 and 4350) is supported, however E810 firmware CVL4.3 or later is required. For details, see Support Tip HT513226.

Fibre Channel host bus adapters

The following table lists the Fibre Channel HBAs supported by the SR665.

Note that the Emulex LPe35000 adapters are supported either with EPYC 7002 "Rome" processors or with EPYC 7003 "Milan" processors, as indicated in the table.

Table 67. Fibre Channel HBAs
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description EPYC
7002		 EPYC
7003		 Max
qty		 Slots
supported
64 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
4XC7A77485 BLC1 ThinkSystem Emulex LPe36002 64Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Yes Yes 8 All slots
32 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
4XC7A08250 B5SX ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35000 32Gb 1-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Yes No 8 All slots
4XC7A08251 B5SY ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35002 32Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Yes No 8 All slots
4XC7A76498 BJ3G ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35000 32Gb 1-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter v2 Yes Yes 8 All slots
4XC7A76525 BJ3H ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35002 32Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter V2 Yes Yes 8 All slots
4XC7A08279 BA1G ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2770 32Gb 1-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Yes Yes 8 All slots
4XC7A08276 BA1F ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2772 32Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Yes Yes 8 All slots
16 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
01CV840 ATZV Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Dual-port HBA Yes Yes 8 All slots
01CV830 ATZU Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Single-port HBA Yes Yes 8 All slots
01CV760 ATZC QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Dual-port HBA Yes Yes 8 All slots
01CV750 ATZB QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Single-port HBA Yes Yes 8 All slots

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

SAS adapters for external storage

The following table lists SAS HBAs and RAID adapters supported by SR665 server for use with external storage.

Table 68. Adapters for external storage
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported		 Slots
supported
 SAS HBAs
7Y37A01090 AUNR ThinkSystem 430-8e SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 8 All slots
7Y37A01091 AUNN ThinkSystem 430-16e SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 8 All slots
4Y37A78837 BNWK ThinkSystem 440-8e SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA 8 All slots
4Y37A09724 B8P7 ThinkSystem 440-16e SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA 8 All slots
 External RAID adapters
7Y37A01087 AUNQ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8e 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 4* All slots
4Y37A78836 BNWJ ThinkSystem RAID 940-8e 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter 4* All slots

* See below regarding supercap requirements

For a comparison of the functions of the supported storage adapters, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Reference:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1288#sr665-support=SR665&internal-or-external-ports=External

Mixing storage adapter families: The following HBA/RAID adapter combinations are supported:

  • X30 external adapters with other X30 adapters (internal or external)
  • X40 external adapters with other X40 adapters (internal or external)
  • X40 external adapters with X350 internal adapters

The following HBA/RAID adapter combinations are not supported:

  • X30 adapters (internal or external) with X40 adapters (internal or external)
  • X30 adapters (internal or external) with X350 internal adapters

The RAID 930-8e and RAID 940-8e use a flash power module (supercap), which can be installed in one of up to four locations in the server depending on the server configuration. See the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section for details. The number of 930/940-8e RAID adapters supported is based on how many supercaps can be installed in the server. If an internal RAID adapter with flash power modules is installed, the maximum number of 930/940-8e adapters supported is reduced by 1.

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters and RAID adapters categories:

https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid

Flash storage adapters

The SR665 supports the PCIe Flash Storage adapters listed in the following table.

Table 69. Flash Storage Adapters
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported		 Slots
supported
Mainstream NVMe PCIe Adapters - Optimized for mixed-intensive application workloads with an endurance of 3-5 DWPD.
4XB7A14075 B8JH ThinkSystem HHHL PM1735 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 4.0 x8 Flash Adapter 8 All slots
4XB7A14076 B8HW ThinkSystem HHHL PM1735 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 4.0 x8 Flash Adapter 8 All slots
4XB7A14077 B96M ThinkSystem HHHL PM1735 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe4.0 x8 Flash Adapter 8 All slots

For details about these adapters, see the Lenovo Press product guides in the Flash Adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ssdadapter

Configuration rules

The following configuration requirements must be met when installing flash storage adapters:

  • GPU adapters are not supported
  • Performance fans are required and will be derived by the configurator for configure-to-order builds.
  • When adding Flash adapters as field upgrades, you will be required to replace all standard fans with performance fan modules. See the Cooling section for ordering information.

GPU adapters

Topics in this section:

Ordering information

The SR665 supports the following graphics processing units (GPUs).

Table 70. Supported GPUs
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Aux
power		 Maximum
supported		 Slots
supported
Double-wide GPUs
4X67A82257 BR9U ThinkSystem NVIDIA H100 80GB PCIe Gen5 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A84823 BT87 ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A76715‡ BLK1‡ ThinkSystem NVIDIA A100 80GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
CTO only BQZP ThinkSystem NVIDIA A100 80GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A86324 BUGD ThinkSystem NVIDIA A800 80GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A13135‡ BEL5‡ ThinkSystem NVIDIA A100 40GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A72593 BEL4 ThinkSystem NVIDIA A40 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A72593 BQZQ ThinkSystem NVIDIA A40 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A76581 BJHG ThinkSystem NVIDIA A30 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
CTO only BQZR ThinkSystem NVIDIA A30 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 2,5,7*
CTO only BNFE ThinkSystem NVIDIA A16 64GB Gen4 PCIe Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A76727 BQZU ThinkSystem NVIDIA A16 64GB Gen4 PCIe Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A13124 BB2E ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla V100S 32GB PCIe Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4C57A09498 B1JY ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla V100 16GB PCIe Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A65441† BCGR ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro RTX 8000 48GB PCIe Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
4X67A13125† BB2D ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro RTX 6000 24GB PCIe Passive GPU Yes 3 2,5,7*
Single-wide GPUs
4X67A84824 BS2C ThinkSystem NVIDIA L4 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU No 8 1-8
4X67A71311 BFTZ ThinkSystem NVIDIA A10 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Yes 3 1,4,7
CTO only BQZS ThinkSystem NVIDIA A10 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC Yes 3 1,4,7
4X67A81547 BP05 ThinkSystem NVIDIA A2 16GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU No 8 1-8
CTO only BQZT ThinkSystem NVIDIA A2 16GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC No 8 1-8
4X67A11584 B31D ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P620 2GB PCIe Active GPU No 8 1-8
4X67A14926 B4YB ThinkSystem NVIDIA T4 16GB PCIe Passive GPU No 8 1-8

‡ For SR665 systems with AMD EPYC 7003 "Milan" processors, the A100 is supported in either factory orders (CTO) or field upgrades. For SR665 systems with AMD EPYC 7002 "Rome" processors, the A100 is only supported under Special Bid conditions and is not supported as a field upgrade. Requires the refreshed system board as listed in the Models section
* When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 2, 5 or 7, the adjacent slot 1, 4 and 8 respectively is not available
† The RTX 6000 and RTX 8000 GPUs are only available via Special Bid.

For information about these GPUs, see the ThinkSystem GPU Summary, available at:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0768-thinksystem-thinkagile-gpu-summary

For CTO orders, the SR665 also supports the selection of a placeholder for a GPU. This selection results in a "GPU ready" configuration which ensures that the server ships with the components needed for GPU installation (GPU power cables, air ducts, power supplies, fans, etc) without actually including the GPUs themselves. The following table lists the ordering information for CTO orders.

Table 71. GPU-Ready configurations - ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BP4Y ThinkSystem NVIDIA A10 GPU-Ready Installation
CTO only BP4X ThinkSystem DW GPU-Ready Installation (for all other supported DW GPUs)

Configuration rules

The following configuration requirements must be met when installing GPUs:

  • Some NVIDIA A Series GPUs are available as two feature codes, one with a CEC chip and one without a CEC chip (ones without the CEC chip have "w/o CEC" in the name). The CEC is a secondary Hardware Root of Trust (RoT) module that provides an additional layer of security, which can be used by customers who have high regulatory requirements or high security standards. NVIDIA uses a multi-layered security model and hence the protection offered by the primary Root of Trust embedded in the GPU is expected to be sufficient for most customers. The CEC defeatured products still offer Secure Boot, Secure Firmware Update, Firmware Rollback Protection, and In-Band Firmware Update Disable. Specifically, without the CEC chip, the GPU does not support Key Revocation or Firmware Attestation. CEC and non-CEC GPUs of the same type of GPU can be mixed in field upgrades.
  • All GPUs installed must be identical
  • Flash storage adapters are not supported.
  • Only P620 GPUs (40W power) are supported with the following front drive configurations:
    • 24x 2.5-inch front drive bays
    • 12x 3.5-inch front drive bays
  • The T4, V100, V100S and A100 GPUs are only supported with the following front drive configurations:
    • 8x 2.5-inch front drive bays
    • 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays
    • 8x 3.5-inch front drive bays
  • Middle drive bays and Rear drive bays are not supported

Riser selections for double-wide GPUs

When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 2, 5 or 7, the adjacent slot 1, 4 and 8 respectively is not available. The riser cards listed in the following table are used with double-wide GPUs.

Table 72. Risers needed for double-wide GPUs
Riser Part number Feature code Description
Riser 1 (GPU in slot 2) 4XH7A61082 B8LR ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 E/x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Option Kit v2
Riser 2 (GPU in slot 5) 4XH7A61082 B8LR ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 E/x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser 1/2 Option Kit v2
Riser 3 (GPU in slot 7) 4XH7A61083 B8MK or BHWK* ThinkSystem SR665 x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser3 Option Kit v2

* Feature BHWK is required for all NVIDIA Ampere GPUs where an NVIDIA Form Factor 5.0 (NVFF5.0) cage is required

GPU Thermal Option Kit

When installing an NVIDIA A10 GPU or any double-wide GPU as a field upgrade, you will also need to order the Thermal Option Kit as listed in the following table. This kit is not required for the NVIDIA T4 or P620 GPUs.

  • When adding GPUs as field upgrades, you will be required to replace all Standard fans with Performance fans. See the Cooling section for ordering information.
  • When installing a double-wide GPU or the NVIDIA A10, you will also need to order the Thermal Option Kit as listed in the following table (not required for NVIDIA T4 or P620 GPUs). The Thermal Option Kit includes the required auxiliary power cable for supported GPUs except for the NVIDIA A10, which requires 4X97A81933.

A10 auxiliary power cable: The ThinkSystem SR665 GPU Thermal Option Kit v2 is required when installing the NVIDIA A10 as a field upgrade, however the kit does not contain the required auxiliary power cable (SBB7A21686). For the NVIDIA A10, you will also need to order the ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 NVIDIA SW GPU Cable Kit, 4X97A81933 as described in the GPU cable kits section.

Table 73. GPU Thermal Option Kits
Part number Description
4M17A80478

ThinkSystem SR665 GPU Thermal Option Kit v2 (for double-wide GPUs)

  • 2x 1U processor heatsinks
  • 1x ThinkSystem 2U GPU air duct
  • 3x GPU extension air ducts
  • 3x Power cables for double-wide GPU (SBB7A49792)
  • 3x Air duct fillers
4M17A11759

ThinkSystem SR665 GPU Thermal Option Kit (for double-wide GPUs)

  • 2x 1U processor heatsinks
  • 1x ThinkSystem 2U GPU air duct
  • 3x GPU extension air ducts
  • 3x Power cables for double-wide GPU (SBB7A21691)
  • 3x Air duct fillers

GPU cable kits

The following cable kits are offered to provide auxiliary power cables for GPUs that require one. See the Supported GPUs table to see which GPUs require an auxiliary power cable.

Configuration notes:

  • These cable kits are only required for field upgrades; CTO orders will automatically include any required cables.
  • The DW (double-wide) cable kit is only required if you are adding additional double-wide GPUs to a server that already has a DW GPU installed from a CTO order. If you are doing a field upgrade to install the first DW GPU to a server, order the GPU Thermal Option Kit instead. The GPU Thermal Option Kit includes the necessary power cables.
  • The SW (single-wide) cable kit is required if you are doing any field upgrades to add a single-wide GPU that requires an auxiliary power cable. The GPU Thermal Option Kit is required for the first SW GPU installed, however the kit does not include the necessary power cable for a SW GPU.
  • The SW cable kit includes three Y-cables, however these are currently not used in the SR665, because the server does not support two single-wide GPUs (power > 75W) in a single riser.
Table 74. GPU cable kits
Part number Description Purpose
4X97A85028

ThinkSystem 400mm 2x6+4 GPU Power Cable

  • 1x Power cable with 2x6+4 connector (SBB7A66338)
 For L40 and H100 GPUs
4X97A81932

ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 NVIDIA DW GPU Cable Kit

  • 3x Power cables for double-wide GPU (SBB7A49792)
For all other DW GPUs
4X97A81933

ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 NVIDIA SW GPU Cable Kit

  • 3x Power cables for single-wide GPU (SBB7A21686)
  • 3x Power Y-cables when 2x single-wide GPUs installed on one riser (SBB7A23757)
 For SW GPUs that require a power cable

Cooling

The SR665 server has up to six 60 mm hot-swap variable-speed fans. Five fans are needed when one processor is installed and six fans are required when two processors are installed. The server offers N+1 redundancy. The server also has one or two additional fans integrated in each of the two power supplies.

Depending on the configuration, the server will need either Standard fans (single-rotor 17K RPM) or Performance fans (dual-rotor 18K RPM).

Under all of the following conditions, standard fans can be used:

  • No GPUs
  • No Mellanox ConnectX-6 100 GbE/200 GbE adapter with Active Optical Cables
  • No Xilinx Alveo U25 FPGA adapter
  • No Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP adapter
  • No 256 GB 3DS RDIMMs
  • No mid-chassis drive bays
  • No rear drive bays

If any conditions are not met, Performance fans are required.

Ordering information for the fans is listed in the following table.

Table 75. Fan ordering information
Part number Feature code Description Number required
4F17A14490 B8LX ThinkSystem SR665 Standard Fan Option Kit 1x CPU: 5
2x CPUs: 6
4F17A14489 B8LY ThinkSystem SR665 Performance Fan Option Kit 1x CPU: 5
2x CPUs: 6

Power supplies

The SR665 supports up to two redundant hot-swap power supplies.

The power supply choices are listed in the following table. Both power supplies used in server must be identical.

Tip: When configuring a server in the DCSC configurator, power consumption is calculated precisely by interfacing with Lenovo Capacity Planner. You can therefore select the appropriate power supply for your configuration. However, do consider future upgrades that may require additional power needs.

Table 76. Power supply options
Part number Feature code Description Connector Max
qty		 110V AC 220V AC 240V DC
China only		 -48V DC
 AC input power - Platinum
4P57A26290 B8Q9 ThinkSystem 500W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 Yes Yes Yes No
4P57A26291 B8QA ThinkSystem 750W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 Yes Yes Yes No
4P57A26293 BQ0W ThinkSystem 1100W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 Yes Yes Yes No
4P57A78362 BMUF ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v2 C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A26294 B8QB ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
 AC input power - Titanium
4P57A82019 BR1X ThinkSystem 750W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A26292 B8QD ThinkSystem 750W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A72666 BLKH ThinkSystem 1100W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A78359 BPK9* ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A72667 BKTJ ThinkSystem 2600W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v4 C19 2 No Yes Yes No
 -48V DC input power
4P57A26296 B8QE ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply DC 2 No No No Yes

* BPK9 is initially only configurable in PRC and certain countries in the EET and WE markets. Worldwide support is planned in 2Q/2023.

Dual-voltage power supplies are auto-sensing and support both 110V AC (100-127V 50/60 Hz) and 220V AC (200-240V 50/60 Hz) power. For China customers, all power supplies support 240V DC.

All supported AC power supplies have a C14 connector. The -48V DC power supply has a Weidmuller TOP 4GS/3 7.6 terminal as shown in the following figure.

ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC v2 Power Supply
Figure 17. ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply

Power supply options do not include a line cord. For server configurations, the inclusion of a power cord is model dependent. Configure-to-order models can be configured without power cords if desired.

Power cords

Line cords and rack power cables with C13 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

110V customers: If you plan to use the 1100W power supply with a 110V power source, select a power cable that is rated above 10A. Power cables that are rated at 10A or below are not supported with 110V power.

Table 77. Power cords
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables - C13 to C14
SL67B08593 BPHZ 0.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
00Y3043 A4VP 1.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08367 B0N5 1.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08368 B0N6 1.5m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08365 B0N4 2.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08369 6570 2.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08366 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08370 6400 2.8m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08371 6583 4.3m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C14 (Y-cable)
00Y3046 A4VQ 1.345m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
00Y3047 A4VR 2.054m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20
39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20 (Y-cable)
47C2491 A3SW 1.2m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2492 A3SX 2.5m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2493 A3SY 2.8m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2494 A3SZ 4.1m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
39Y7930 6222 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
81Y2384 6492 4.3m 10A/220V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7924 6211 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZ 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
81Y2383 6574 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
69Y1988 6532 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
81Y2387 6404 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 - 2P+Gnd (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7928 6210 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
81Y2378 6580 4.3m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7918 6213 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
81Y2382 6575 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7917 6212 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
81Y2376 6572 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7927 6269 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13(2P+Gnd) (India) Line Cord
81Y2386 6567 4.3m, 10A/240V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7920 6218 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
81Y2381 6579 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 6217 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
81Y2380 6493 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
46M2593 A1RE 2.8m, 12A/125V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
4L67A08362 6495 4.3m, 12A/200V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7926 6335 4.3m, 12A/100V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7922 6214 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SABS 164 (S Africa) Line Cord
81Y2379 6576 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7925 6219 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to KETI (S Korea) Line Cord
81Y2385 6494 4.3m, 12A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
39Y7919 6216 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
81Y2390 6578 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord
23R7158 6386 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2375 6317 2.8m, 10A/240V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2374 6402 2.8m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 60799 (Taiwan) Line Cord
4L67A08363 AX8B 4.3m, 10A 125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2389 6531 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to 76 CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2388 6530 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
39Y7923 6215 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
81Y2377 6577 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
90Y3016 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
46M2592 A1RF 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P Line Cord
00WH545 6401 2.8m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08359 6370 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08361 6373 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08360 AX8A 4.3m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord

Power cords (C19 connectors)

Line cords and rack power cables with C19 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

Table 78. Power cords (C19 connectors)
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables
4L67A86677 BPJ0 0.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86678 B4L0 1.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86679 B4L1 1.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86680 B4L2 2.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
39Y7916 6252 2.5m, 16A/100-240V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86681 B4L3 4.3m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
40K9777 6276 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line cord
40K9773 6284 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line cord
40K9775 6277 4.3m, 250V, C19 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
40K9774 6288 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to GB2099.1 (China) Line cord
40K9769 6283 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord
40K9766 6279 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEE7-VII (European) Line cord
40K9776 6285 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IS6538 (India) Line cord
40K9771 6282 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line cord
40K9768 6281 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line cord
40K9770 6280 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line cord
41Y9231 6289 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
81Y2391 6549 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SEV 1011 (Sws) Line Cord
41Y9230 6287 4.3m, 16A/250V, C19 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
40K9767 6278 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
00D7197 A1NV 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord

-48V DC power cord

For the -48V DC Power Supply, the following power cable is supported.

Table 79. -48V DC power cable
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A59831 BE4V 2.5m, -48VDC Interconnecting Cable

Systems management

The server contains an integrated service processor, XClarity Controller (XCC), which provides advanced control, monitoring, and alerting functions. The XCC is based on the Pilot4 XE401 baseboard management controller (BMC) using a dual-core ARM Cortex A9 service processor.

Topics in this section:

Local management

The SR665 offers a front operator panel with key LED status indicators, as shown in the following figure.

Tip: The Network LED only shows network activity of the installed OCP network adapter.

SR665 LED status panel
Figure 18. Front operator controls are on the left and right side of the server

Light path diagnostics

The server offers light path diagnostics. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails, XCC lights LEDs inside the server to help you diagnose the problem and find the failing part. The server has fault LEDs next to the following components:

  • Each processor
  • Each memory DIMM
  • Each drive bay
  • Each system fan
  • Each power supply

Integrated Diagnostics Panel for 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive bay configurations

For configurations with 8x 2.5-inch or 16x 2.5-inch drive bays at the front, the server can optionally be configured to have a pull-out Integrated Diagnostics Panel. The following figure shows the standard (fixed) operator panel and the optional Integrated Diagnostics Panel.

Operator panel choices for the 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive bay configurations
Figure 19. Operator panel choices for the 8x 2.5-inch drive bay configuration

The Integrated Diagnostics Panel allows quick access to system status, firmware, network, and health information. The LCD display on the panel and the function buttons give you access to the following information:

  • Active alerts
  • Status Dashboard
  • System VPD: machine type & mode, serial number, UUID string
  • System firmware levels: UEFI and XCC firmware
  • XCC network information: hostname, MAC address, IP address, DNS addresses
  • Environmental data: Ambient temperature, CPU temperature, AC input voltage, estimated power consumption
  • Active XCC sessions
  • System reset action

The Integrated Diagnostics Panel can be configured as listed in the following table. It is only available configure-to-order (CTO); not available as a field upgrade.

Table 80. Ordering information for the Integrated Diagnostics Panel
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B8MS ThinkSystem 2U 16x2.5" Front Operator Panel

External Diagnostics Handset

The SR665 also has a port to connect an External Diagnostics Handset as shown in the following figure. The External Diagnostics Handset has the same functions as the Integrated Diagnostics Panel but has the advantages of not consuming space on the front of the server plus it can be shared amongst many servers in your data center. The handset has a magnet on the back of it to allow you to easily mount it on a convenient place on any rack cabinet.

External management LCD
Figure 20. External Diagnostics Handset

Ordering information for the External Diagnostics Handset with is listed in the following table.

Table 81. External Diagnostics Handset ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
4TA7A64874 BEUX ThinkSystem External Diagnostics Handset

The front of the server also houses an information pull-out tab (also known as the network access tag). See Figure 2 for the location. A label on the tab shows the network information (MAC address and other data) to remotely access the service processor.

System status with XClarity Mobile

The XClarity Mobile app includes a tethering function where you can connect your Android or iOS device to the server via USB to see the status of the server.

The steps to connect the mobile device are as follows:

  1. Enable USB Management on the server, by holding down the ID button for 3 seconds (or pressing the dedicated USB management button if one is present)
  2. Connect the mobile device via a USB cable to the server's USB port with the management symbol USB Management symbol
  3. In iOS or Android settings, enable Personal Hotspot or USB Tethering
  4. Launch the Lenovo XClarity Mobile app

Once connected you can see the following information:

  • Server status including error logs (read only, no login required)
  • Server management functions (XClarity login credentials required)

Remote management

The server offers a dedicated RJ45 port at the rear of the server for remote management via the XClarity Controller management processor. The port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

Remote server management is provided through industry-standard interfaces:

  • Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Version 2.0
  • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 3 (no SET commands; no SNMP v1)
  • Common Information Model (CIM-XML)
  • Representational State Transfer (REST) support
  • Redfish support (DMTF compliant)
  • Web browser - HTML 5-based browser interface (Java and ActiveX not required) using a responsive design (content optimized for device being used - laptop, tablet, phone) with NLS support

IPMI via the Ethernet port (IPMI over LAN) is supported, however it is disabled by default. For CTO orders you can specify whether you want to the feature enabled or disabled in the factory, using the feature codes listed in the following table.

Table 82. IPMI-over-LAN settings
Feature code Description
B7XZ Disable IPMI-over-LAN (default)
B7Y0 Enable IPMI-over-LAN

There are two XClarity Controller upgrades available for the server, Advanced and Enterprise.

XCC Advanced Upgrade adds the following functions:

  • Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600x1200 at 75 Hz with up to 23 bits per pixel, regardless of the system state
  • Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
  • International keyboard mapping support
  • Syslog alerting
  • Redirecting serial console via SSH
  • Component replacement log (Maintenance History log)
  • Access restriction (IP address blocking)
  • Lenovo SED security key management
  • Displaying graphics for real-time and historical power usage data and temperature

XCC Enterprise Upgrade enables the following additional features:

  • Boot video capture and crash video capture
  • Virtual console collaboration - Ability for up to 6 remote users to be log into the remote session simultaneously
  • Remote console Java client
  • Mapping the ISO and image files located on the local client as virtual drives for use by the server
  • Mounting the remote ISO and image files via HTTPS, SFTP, CIFS, and NFS
  • Power capping
  • System utilization data and graphic view
  • Single sign on with Lenovo XClarity Administrator
  • Update firmware from a repository
  • License for XClarity Energy Manager

For configure-to-order (CTO), you can enable the required XCC functionality by selecting the appropriate XCC feature codes listed in the following table:

  • XCC Standard - select neither feature listed in the table
  • XCC Advanced - select feature AVUT
  • XCC Enterprise - select feature AUPW
Table 83. XClarity Controller upgrades for configure-to-order
Feature code Description
AVUT ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Advanced Upgrade
AUPW ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Enterprise Upgrade

For systems with XCC Standard or XCC Advanced installed, field upgrades are available as listed in the following table.

Table 84. XClarity Controller field upgrades
Part number Description
4L47A09132 ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Advanced Upgrade
(for servers that have XCC Standard)
4L47A09133 ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Advanced to Enterprise Upgrade
(for servers that have XCC Advanced)

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager (LXPM) is a UEFI-based application embedded in ThinkSystem servers and accessible via the F1 key during system boot.

LXPM provides the following functions:

  • Graphical UEFI Setup
  • System inventory information and VPD update
  • System firmware updates (UEFI and XCC)
  • RAID setup wizard
  • OS installation wizard (including unattended OS installation)
  • Diagnostics functions

Lenovo XClarity Administrator

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource management solution designed to reduce complexity, speed response, and enhance the availability of Lenovo systems and solutions. It provides agent-free hardware management for ThinkSystem servers, in addition to ThinkServer, System x, and Flex System servers. The administration dashboard is based on HTML 5 and allows fast location of resources so tasks can be run quickly.

Because Lenovo XClarity Administrator does not require any agent software to be installed on the managed endpoints, there are no CPU cycles spent on agent execution, and no memory is used, which means that up to 1GB of RAM and 1 - 2% CPU usage is saved, compared to a typical managed system where an agent is required.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is an optional software component for the SR665. The software can be downloaded and used at no charge to discover and monitor the SR665 and to manage firmware upgrades.

If software support is required for Lenovo XClarity Administrator, or premium features such as configuration management and operating system deployment are required, Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription should be ordered. Lenovo XClarity Pro is licensed on a per managed system basis, that is, each managed Lenovo system requires a license.

The following table lists the Lenovo XClarity software license options.

Table 85. Lenovo XClarity Pro ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
00MT201 1339 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/1 Yr SW S&S
00MT202 1340 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/3 Yr SW S&S
00MT203 1341 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/5 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000HWW SAYV Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/6 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000JWW SAYW Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/7 Yr SW S&S

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following standard features that are available at no charge:

  • Auto-discovery and monitoring of Lenovo systems
  • Firmware updates and compliance enforcement
  • External alerts and notifications via SNMP traps, syslog remote logging, and e-mail
  • Secure connections to managed endpoints
  • NIST 800-131A or FIPS 140-2 compliant cryptographic standards between the management solution and managed endpoints
  • Integration into existing higher-level management systems such as cloud automation and orchestration tools through REST APIs, providing extensive external visibility and control over hardware resources
  • An intuitive, easy-to-use GUI
  • Scripting with Windows PowerShell, providing command-line visibility and control over hardware resources

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following premium features that require an optional Pro license:

  • Pattern-based configuration management that allows to define configurations once and apply repeatedly without errors when deploying new servers or redeploying existing servers without disrupting the fabric
  • Bare-metal deployment of operating systems and hypervisors to streamline infrastructure provisioning

For more information, refer to the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide:
http://lenovopress.com/tips1200

Lenovo XClarity Integrators

Lenovo also offers software plug-in modules, Lenovo XClarity Integrators, to manage physical infrastructure from leading external virtualization management software tools including those from Microsoft and VMware.

These integrators are offered at no charge, however if software support is required, a Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription license should be ordered.

Lenovo XClarity Integrators offer the following additional features:

  • Ability to discover, manage, and monitor Lenovo server hardware from VMware vCenter or Microsoft System Center
  • Deployment of firmware updates and configuration patterns to Lenovo x86 rack servers and Flex System from the virtualization management tool
  • Non-disruptive server maintenance in clustered environments that reduces workload downtime by dynamically migrating workloads from affected hosts during rolling server updates or reboots
  • Greater service level uptime and assurance in clustered environments during unplanned hardware events by dynamically triggering workload migration from impacted hosts when impending hardware failures are predicted

For more information about all the available Lenovo XClarity Integrators, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Essentials

Lenovo offers the following XClarity Essentials software tools that can help you set up, use, and maintain the server at no additional cost:

  • Lenovo Essentials OneCLI

    OneCLI is a collection of server management tools that uses a command line interface program to manage firmware, hardware, and operating systems. It provides functions to collect full system health information (including health status), configure system settings, and update system firmware and drivers.

  • Lenovo Essentials UpdateXpress

    The UpdateXpress tool is a standalone GUI application for firmware and device driver updates that enables you to maintain your server firmware and device drivers up-to-date and help you avoid unnecessary server outages. The tool acquires and deploys individual updates and UpdateXpress System Packs (UXSPs) which are integration-tested bundles.

  • Lenovo Essentials Bootable Media Creator

    The Bootable Media Creator (BOMC) tool is used to create bootable media for offline firmware update.

For more information and downloads, visit the Lenovo XClarity Essentials web page:
http://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/LNVO-center

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager (LXEM) is a power and temperature management solution for data centers. It is an agent-free, web-based console that enables you to monitor and manage power consumption and temperature in your data center through the management console.

LXEM is a licensed product. A single-node LXEM license is included with the XClarity Controller Enterprise upgrade as described in the Remote Management section. If your server does not have the XCC Enterprise upgrade, Energy Manager licenses can be ordered as shown in the following table.

Table 86. Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager
Part number Description
4L40E51621 Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager Node License (1 license needed per server)

Note: The SR665 does not support the following Energy Manager functions:

  • Power capping
  • Policy-based management

For more information about XClarity Energy Manager, see the following resources:

Lenovo Capacity Planner

Lenovo Capacity Planner is a power consumption evaluation tool that enhances data center planning by enabling IT administrators and pre-sales professionals to understand various power characteristics of racks, servers, and other devices. Capacity Planner can dynamically calculate the power consumption, current, British Thermal Unit (BTU), and volt-ampere (VA) rating at the rack level, improving the planning efficiency for large scale deployments.

For more information, refer to the Capacity Planner web page:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lcp

Security

The SR665 server offers the following electronic security features:

  • Secure Boot function of the AMD EPYC processor
  • Firmware signature processes compliant with FIPS and NIST requirements
  • Administrator and power-on password
  • Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0. Servers with EPYC 7002 processors also support TPM 1.2.
  • Optional Nationz TPM 2.0, available only in China (CTO only)
  • Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) with support for enterprise key managers - see the SED encryption key management section

The server is NIST SP 800-147B compliant.

The SR665 server also offers the following physical security features:

  • Chassis intrusion switch
  • Optional lockable front security bezel

The optional lockable front security bezel is shown in the following figure and includes a key that enables you to secure the bezel over the drives and system controls thereby reducing the chance of unauthorized or accidental access to the server.

SR665 lockable front security bezel
Figure 21. Lockable front security bezel

The dimensions of the security bezel are:

  • Width: 437 mm (17.2 in.)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 in.)
  • Width: 23 mm (0.9 in.)

The following table lists the security options for the SR665.

Table 87. Security features
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only* B8LE ThinkSystem Nationz Trusted Platform Module v2.0 (China customers only)
4XH7A09886 B8M2 ThinkSystem V2 2U Security Bezel Option Kit

* Not available as a field upgrade. The component is CTO or on pre-configured models only.

Platform Firmware Resiliency - Lenovo ThinkShield

Lenovo's ThinkShield Security is a transparent and comprehensive approach to security that extends to all dimensions of our data center products: from development, to supply chain, and through the entire product lifecycle.

The ThinkSystem SR665 includes Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) which enables the system to be NIST SP800-193 compliant. This offering further enhances key platform subsystem protections against unauthorized firmware updates and corruption, to restore firmware to an integral state, and to closely monitor firmware for possible compromise from cyber-attacks.

PFR operates upon the following server components:

  • UEFI image – the low-level server firmware that connects the operating system to the server hardware
  • XCC image – the management “engine” software that controls and reports on the server status separate from the server operating system
  • FPGA image – the code that runs the server’s lowest level hardware controller on the motherboard

The Lenovo Platform Root of Trust Hardware performs the following three main functions:

  • Detection – Measures the firmware and updates for authenticity
  • Recovery – Recovers a corrupted image to a known-safe image
  • Protection – Monitors the system to ensure the known-good firmware is not maliciously written

These enhanced protection capabilities are implemented using a dedicated, discrete security processor whose implementation has been rigorously validated by leading third-party security firms. Security evaluation results and design details are available for customer review – providing unprecedented transparency and assurance.

The SR665 includes support for Secure Boot, a UEFI firmware security feature developed by the UEFI Consortium that ensures only immutable and signed software are loaded during the boot time. The use of Secure Boot helps prevent malicious code from being loaded and helps prevent attacks, such as the installation of rootkits. Lenovo offers the capability to enable secure boot in the factory, to ensure end-to-end protection. Alternatively, Secure Boot can be left disabled in the factory, allowing the customer to enable it themselves at a later point, if desired.

The following table lists the relevant feature code(s).

Table 88. Secure Boot options
Part number Feature code Description Purpose
CTO only AUK7 TPM 2.0 and Secure Boot Configure the system in the factory with Secure Boot enabled.
CTO only B0MK Enable TPM 2.0 Configure the system without Secure Boot enabled. Customers can enable Secure Boot later if desired.
CTO only C1GD ST45 V3 TPM 2.0 for WW  

Tip: If Secure Boot is not enabled in the factory, it can be enabled later by the customer. However once Secure Boot is enabled, it cannot be disabled.

Security standards

The SR665 supports the following security standards and capabilities:

  • Industry Standard Security Capabilities
    • AMD CPU Enablement
      • AES-NI (Advanced Encryption Standard New Instructions)
      • GMET (Guest Mode Execute Trap)
      • Hardware-based side channel attack resilience enhancements
      • NX (No eXecute)
      • PSB (Platform Secure Boot)
      • Shadow Stack
      • SEV (Secure Encrypted Virtualization)
      • SEV-ES (Encrypted State register encryption)
      • SEV-SNP (Secure Nested Paging)
      • SVM (Secure Virtual Machine)
      • SME (Secure Memory Encryption)
      • UMIP (User Mode Instruction Prevention)
    • Microsoft Windows Security Enablement
      • Credential Guard
      • Device Guard
      • Host Guardian Service
    • TCG (Trusted Computing Group) TPM (Trusted Platform Module) 2.0
    • UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) Forum Secure Boot
  • Hardware Root of Trust and Security
    • Independent security subsystem providing platform-wide NIST SP800-193 compliant Platform Firmware Resilience (PFR)
    • Host domain RoT supplemented by AMD Platform Secure Boot (PSB)
    • Management domain RoT supplemented by the Secure Boot features of XCC
  • Platform Security
    • Boot and run-time firmware integrity monitoring with rollback to known-good firmware (e.g., “self-healing”)
    • Non-volatile storage bus security monitoring and filtering
    • Resilient firmware implementation, such as to detect and defeat unauthorized flash writes or SMM (System Management Mode) memory incursions
    • Patented IPMI KCS channel privileged access authorization (USPTO Patent# 11,256,810)
    • Host and management domain authorization, including integration with CyberArk for enterprise password management
    • KMIP (Key Management Interoperability Protocol) compliant, including support for IBM SKLM and Thales KeySecure
    • Reduced “out of box” attack surface
    • Configurable network services

    For more information on platform security, see the paper “How to Harden the Security of your ThinkSystem Server and Management Applications” available from https://lenovopress.com/lp1260-how-to-harden-the-security-of-your-thinksystem-server.

  • Standards Compliance and/or Support
    • NIST SP800-131A rev 2 “Transitioning the Use of Cryptographic Algorithms and Key Lengths”
    • NIST SP800-147B “BIOS Protection Guidelines for Servers”
    • NIST SP800-193 “Platform Firmware Resiliency Guidelines”
    • ISO/IEC 11889 “Trusted Platform Module Library”
    • Common Criteria TCG Protection Profile for “PC Client Specific TPM 2.0”
    • European Union Commission Regulation 2019/424 (“ErP Lot 9”) “Ecodesign Requirements for Servers and Data Storage Products” Secure Data Deletion
    • Optional FIPS 140-2 validated Self-Encrypting Disks (SEDs) with external KMIP-based key management
  • Product and Supply Chain Security
    • Suppliers validated through Lenovo’s Trusted Supplier Program
    • Developed in accordance with Lenovo’s Secure Development Lifecycle (LSDL)
    • Continuous firmware security validation through automated testing, including static code analysis, dynamic network and web vulnerability testing, software composition analysis, and subsystem-specific testing, such as UEFI security configuration validation
    • Ongoing security reviews by US-based security experts, with attestation letters available from our third-party security partners
    • Digitally signed firmware, stored and built on US-based infrastructure and signed on US-based Hardware Security Modules (HSMs)
    • TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliant manufacturing, by default in Mexico for North American markets with additional US and EU manufacturing options
    • US 2019 NDAA (National Defense Authorization Act) Section 889 compliant

Rack installation

The following table lists the rack installation options that are available for the SR665.

The VGA Upgrade Kit allows you to upgrade your server by adding a VGA video port to the front of the server (if the server does not already come with a front VGA port). When the front VGA is in use, the rear VGA port is automatically disabled.

Table 89. Rack installation options
Option Feature Code Description
Optional front VGA port
4X97A83222 BMJ9 ThinkSystem 2U EIA Latch w/ VGA and External Diagnostics Port Upgrade Kit v2
4X97A12645 B8ME ThinkSystem 2U EIA Latch w/ VGA and External Diagnostics Port Upgrade Kit
(adds a VGA port to the front of the server)
Rail Kits
4M17A13564 BK7W ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2
4M17A11754 B8LA ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2
4M17A11756 B91Y ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 with 2U CMA
Enhanced Rail Kits for > 34 kg server weight*
4M17A11755 B8LB ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced
4M17A11757 B97N ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced with 2U CMA
Separate Cable Management Arm
7M27A05698 B135 ThinkSystem 2U CMA Upgrade Kit for Toolless Slide Rail

* The Enhanced Slide Rail Kits are used when the server is shipped in a rack and the server is 34 kg or heavier (configuration with 20x 3.5-inch HDDs for example)

The following table summarizes the rail kit features and specifications.

Table 90. Rail kit features and specifications summary
Option name ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2 ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 with 2U CMA ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced with 2U CMA
Option part number 4M17A13564 4M17A11754 4M17A11755 4M17A11756 4M17A11757
Rail type Half-out slide rail (friction) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing)
Toolless installation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CMA support No Optional, 7M27A05698* Optional, 7M27A05698* Included Included
Supported rack type Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard
In-rack server maintenance No Yes Yes Yes Yes
1U PDU support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
0U PDU support Yes Limited support** Limited support** Limited support** Limited support**
Supported mounting holes Square or round Square or round Square, round, or threaded Square or round Square, round, or threaded
Thickness of mounting flanges 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches)
Supported distance between front and rear mounting flanges‡ 610-864 mm (24-34 inches) 610-813 mm (24-32 inches) 635-813 mm (25-32 inches) 610-813 mm (24-32 inches) 635-813 mm (25-32 inches)
Rail length† 751 mm (29.6 inches) 740 mm (29.1 inches) 740 mm (29.1 inches) 820 mm (32.3 inches) 820 mm (32.3 inches)

* CMA mounting brackets are not preinstalled on the rail. The CMA mounting brackets are contained in the CMA option kit package and you will need to install the CMA mounting brackets first. For detailed instructions, refer to the documentation that comes with the CMA option kit.
** If you want to install the rails and a 0U PDU into the same rack, the rack must meet the height and depth requirements as described in ThinkSystem Rail Support Matrix.
‡ For best performance, it is recommended that you install the rails to the racks with a 719-mm distance (28.31-inch, Lenovo rack default distance) between the front and rear mounting flanges.
† Measured when mounted on the rack, from the front surface of the front mounting flange to the rear most point of the rail. Rail is in closed position.

Operating system support

The SR665 with EPYC 7003 processors supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows Server 2016
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2019
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2022
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2025
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.3
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.4
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.5
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.7
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.8
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.9
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.10
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.0
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.1
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.2
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.3
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.4
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP2
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP3
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP6
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP2
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP3
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP5
  • Ubuntu 22.04 LTS 64-bit
  • Ubuntu 24.04 LTS 64-bit
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U3
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U1
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U2
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U3
  • VMware ESXi 8.0
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U1
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U2
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U3

The SR665 with EPYC 7002 processors supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows Server 2016
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2019
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2022
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.7
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.8
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.1
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.3
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.4
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.5
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.7
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.8
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.9
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.10
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.0
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.1
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.2
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.3
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.4
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP2
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP3
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP6
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP2
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP3
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP5
  • Ubuntu 22.04 LTS 64-bit
  • Ubuntu 24.04 LTS 64-bit
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U3
  • VMware ESXi 7.0
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U1
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U2
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U3
  • VMware ESXi 8.0
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U1
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U2
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U3

For a complete list of supported, certified and tested operating systems, plus additional details and links to relevant web sites, see the Operating System Interoperability Guide:

For configure-to-order configurations, the SR665 can be preloaded with VMware ESXi. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 91. VMware ESXi preload
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B88T VMware ESXi 6.7 U3 (factory installed)
CTO only BBZG VMware ESXi 7.0 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BE5E VMware ESXi 7.0 U1 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BHSR VMware ESXi 7.0 U2 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BMEY VMware ESXi 7.0 U3 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BMT5 VMware ESXi 8.0 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BQ8S VMware ESXi 8.0 U1 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BYC7 VMware ESXi 8.0 U2 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BZ97 VMware ESXi 8.0 U3 (Factory Installed)

Configuration rule:

  • An ESXi preload cannot be selected if the configuration includes an NVIDIA GPU (ESXi preload cannot include the NVIDIA driver)

You can download supported VMware vSphere hypervisor images from the following web page and install it using the instructions provided:
https://vmware.lenovo.com/content/custom_iso/

Physical and electrical specifications

The SR665 has the following overall physical dimensions, excluding components that extend outside the standard chassis, such as EIA flanges, front security bezel (if any), and power supply handles:

  • Width: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 inches)
  • Depth: 764 mm (30.1 inches)

The following table lists the detailed dimensions. See the figure below for the definition of each dimension.

Table 92. Detailed dimensions
Dimension Description
482 mm Xa = Width, to the outsides of the front EIA flanges
435 mm Xb = Width, to the rack rail mating surfaces
445 mm Xc = Width, to the outer most chassis body feature
87 mm Ya = Height, from the bottom of chassis to the top of the chassis
698 mm Za = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost I/O port surface
730 mm Zb = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature of the chassis body
727 mm (≤1100W PSU)
755 mm (1800W PSU)
781 mm (2400W PSU)		 Zc = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature such as power supply handle
34 mm Zd = Depth, from the forwardmost feature on front of EIA flange to the rack flange mating surface
46 mm Ze = Depth, from the front of security bezel (if applicable) or forwardmost feature to the rack flange mating surface

Rack server dimensions
Figure 22. Server dimensions

The shipping (cardboard packaging) dimensions of the SR665 are as follows:

  • Width: 592 mm (23.3 inches)
  • Height: 282 mm (11.1 inches)
  • Depth: 992 mm (39.1 inches)

The server has the following weight:

  • Maximum weight: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

Electrical specifications for AC input power supplies:

  • Input voltage:
    • 100 to 127 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 200 to 240 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 180 to 300 Vdc (China only)
  • Inlet current:
    • 100-127 V:
      • 500W power supply: 5.7 A
      • 750W Platinum power supply: 8.4 A
      • 750W Titanium power supply: Not supported
      • 1100W power supply: 12 A*
      • 1800W power supply: Not supported
    • 200-240 V:
      • 500W power supply: 2.7 A
      • 750W Platinum power supply: 4.1 A
      • 750W Titanium power supply: 4.0 A
      • 1100W power supply: 6.0 A
      • 1800W power supply: 10 A

* In China, this power supply cannot exceed 10 A current.

Electrical specifications for DC input power supply:

  • Input voltage: -48 to -60 Vdc
  • Inlet current (1100W power supply): 26 A

Operating environment

The SR665 server complies with ASHRAE Class A2 specifications with most configurations, and depending on the hardware configuration, also complies with ASHRAE Class A3 and Class A4 specifications.

The restrictions to ASHRAE A2 (10-35°C) support are as follows:

  • Mellanox ConnectX-6 adapters with Active Optical Cables (AOCs), ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C
  • With 8x 3.5-inch or 8x 2.5-inch or 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays + double-wide GPUs, ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C
  • With 8x 3.5-inch or 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays + NVIDIA T4 GPU, ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C

To comply with ASHRAE A3 (5-40°C) and A4 (5-45°C) specifications, the server models must meet the following hardware configuration requirements:

  • No Mellanox ConnectX-6 adapters
  • No Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter, 4XC7A08240
  • No GPUs
  • No ≥170W TDP CPUs
  • No NVMe PCIe AIC
  • No ≥128G 3DS RDIMM
  • Mid and rear drive support is per the tables below.

Mid and Rear drive support is listed in the following two tables. Note the for ASHRAE A2 support, there are some restrictions on the supported processors, based on the processor TDP value. These restrictions are indicated in the A2 Support column.

Tip: The configurations here match the ones described in the Internal Storage section.

Table 93. ASHRAE support based on drive bay configuration - 3.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe) (S/S = SAS/SATA, Any = AnyBay)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear bays A2 Support A3/A4 Support
S/S
3.5"		 AnyBay
3.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
B 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
C 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
D 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
E 12 0 4 0 0 4 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
F 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
G 12 0 4 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
H 12 0 0 0 8 0 0 Supported No support
I 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
J 0 12 0 0 0 4 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
K 0 12 4 0 0 4 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
Configurations with 1 processor installed
L 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
M 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
N 12 0 0 0 0 2 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
O 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 Supported (TDP ≤ 240W) No support
P 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
Table 94. ASHRAE support based on drive bay configuration - 2.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Red cells = NVMe, Purple cells = AnyBay) (S/S = SAS/SATA, Any = AnyBay)
Cfg Front bays Mid bays Rear bays A2 Support A3/A4 Support
S/S
2.5"		 Any
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"		 NVMe
2.5"		 S/S
3.5"		 S/S
2.5"
Configurations with 2 processors installed
A 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
B 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
C 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
D 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
E 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
F 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
G 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
H 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
I 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
J 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 Supported No support
K 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
L 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
M 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
N 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
O 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
P 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
Q 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
R 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
Configurations with 1 processor installed
S 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
T 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
U 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported
V 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Supported (TDP ≤ 170W) No support
W 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Supported Supported

Temperature and humidity

The server is supported in the following environment:

  • Air temperature:
    • Operating:
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 300 m (984 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 175 m (574 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 125 m (410 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
    • Server off: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F)
    • Shipment/storage: -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
  • Relative Humidity (non-condensing):
    • Operating
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 8% to 80%; maximum dew point: 21°C (70°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 8% to 85%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 8% to 90%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
    • Shipment/storage: 8% to 90% 

Heat output

The server generates the following heat:

  • Heat/thermal output:
    • Minimum configuration: 825 BTU/hr, 242 W
    • Maximum configuration: 5715 BTU/hr, 1675 W

Acoustical noise emissions

The server has the following acoustic noise emissions declaration:

  • Sound power level (LWAd):
    • Idling: 6.1 Bel (Typical), 6.7 Bel (GPU rich), 7.4 Bel (Storage rich)
    • Operating: 6.3 Bel (Typical), 8.0 Bel (GPU rich), 7.4 Bel (Storage rich)
  • Sound pressure level (LpAm):
    • Idling: 43 dBA (Typical), 51 dBA (GPU rich), 56 dBA (Storage rich)
    • Operating: 46 dBA (Typical), 68 dBA (GPU rich), 56 dBA (Storage rich)

Notes:

  • These sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to procedures specified by ISO7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
  • The declared acoustic sound levels are based on the configurations, which may change slightly depending on configuration/conditions, for example OCP cards such as the Broadcom 57454 and the Marvell 41132 adapters.
    • Typical: 2x 155W CPU, 32x 32GB RDIMM, 8x 2.5" HDD, 930-8i RAID,10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP, 2x 750W PSU
    • GPU rich: 2x 155W CPU, 32x 64GB RDIMM, 8x 2.5" HDD, 930-8i RAID,10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP, 3x V100 GPU, 2x 1800W PSU
    • Storage rich: 2x 155W CPU, 32x 64GB RDIMM, 20x 3.5" HDD, 930-16i RAID, 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP, 2x 1100W PSU

Shock and vibration

The server has the following vibration and shock limits:

  • Vibration:
    • Operating: 0.21 G rms at 5 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 minutes across 3 axes
    • Non-operating: 1.04 G rms at 2 Hz to 200 Hz for 15 minutes across 6 surfaces
  • Shock:
    • Operating: 15 G for 3 milliseconds in each direction (positive and negative X, Y, and Z axes)
    • Non-operating:
      • 23 kg - 31 kg: 35 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (3x GPU config, 2.5” config)
      • 32 kg - 68 kg: 35 G for 136 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (20x 3.5” HDD config)

Particulate contamination

Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might damage the system that might cause the system to malfunction or stop working altogether.

The following specifications indicate the limits of particulates that the system can tolerate:

  • Reactive gases:
    • The copper reactivity level shall be less than 200 Angstroms per month (Å/month)
    • The silver reactivity level shall be less than 200 Å/month
  • Airborne particulates:
    • The room air should be continuously filtered with MERV 8 filters.
    • Air entering a data center should be filtered with MERV 11 or preferably MERV 13 filters.
    • The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination should be more than 60% RH
    • Environment must be free of zinc whiskers

For additional information, see the Specifications section of the documentation for the server, available from the Lenovo Documents site, https://pubs.lenovo.com/

Warranty upgrades and post-warranty support

The SR665 has a 1-year or 3-year warranty based on the machine type of the system:

  • 7D2W - 1 year warranty
  • 7D2V - 3 year warranty

Our global network of regional support centers offers consistent, local-language support enabling you to vary response times and level of service to match the criticality of your support needs:

  • Standard Next Business Day – Best choice for non-essential systems requiring simple maintenance.
  • Premier Next Business Day – Best choice for essential systems requiring technical expertise from senior-level Lenovo engineers.
  • Premier 24x7 4-Hour Response – Best choice for systems where maximum uptime is critical.
  • Premier Enhanced Storage Support 24x7 4-Hour Response – Best choice for storage systems where maximum uptime is critical.

For more information, consult the brochure Lenovo Operational Support Services for Data Centers Services.

Services

Lenovo Data Center Services empower you at every stage of your IT lifecycle. From expert advisory and strategic planning to seamless deployment and ongoing support, we ensure your infrastructure is built for success. Our comprehensive services accelerate time to value, minimize downtime, and free your IT staff to focus on driving innovation and business growth.

Note: Some service options may not be available in all markets or regions. For more information, go to https://lenovolocator.com/. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

In this section:

Lenovo Advisory Services

Lenovo Advisory Services simplify the planning process, enabling customers to build future-proofed strategies in as little as six weeks. Consultants provide guidance on projects including VM migration, storage, backup and recovery, and cost management to accelerate time to value, improve cost efficiency, and build a flexibly scalable foundation.

  • Assessment Services

    An Assessment helps solve your IT challenges through an onsite, multi-day session with a Lenovo technology expert. We perform a tools-based assessment which provides a comprehensive and thorough review of a company's environment and technology systems. In addition to the technology based functional requirements, the consultant also discusses and records the non-functional business requirements, challenges, and constraints. Assessments help organizations like yours, no matter how large or small, get a better return on your IT investment and overcome challenges in the ever-changing technology landscape.

  • Design Services

    Professional Services consultants perform infrastructure design and implementation planning to support your strategy. The high-level architectures provided by the assessment service are turned into low level designs and wiring diagrams, which are reviewed and approved prior to implementation. The implementation plan will demonstrate an outcome-based proposal to provide business capabilities through infrastructure with a risk-mitigated project plan.

Lenovo Plan & Design Services

Unlock faster time to market with our tailored, strategic design workshops to align solution approaches with your business goals and technical requirements. Leverage our deep solution expertise and end-to-end delivery partnership to meet your goals efficiently and effectively.

Lenovo Deployment, Migration, and Configuration Services

Optimize your IT operations by shifting labor-intensive functions to Lenovo's skilled technicians for seamless on-site or remote deployment, configuration, and migration. Enjoy peace of mind, faster time to value, and comprehensive knowledge sharing with your IT staff, backed by our best-practice methodology.

  • Deployment Services for Storage and ThinkAgile

    A comprehensive range of remote and onsite options tailored specifically for your business needs to ensure your storage and ThinkAgile hardware are fully operational from the start.

  • Hardware Installation Services

    A full-range, comprehensive setup for your hardware, including unpacking, inspecting, and positioning components to ensure your equipment is operational and error-free for the most seamless and efficient installation experience, so you can quickly benefit from your investments.

  • DM/DG File Migration Services

    Take the burden of file migration from your IT’s shoulders. Our experts will align your requirements and business objectives to the migration plans while coordinating with your team to plan and safely execute the data migration to your storage platforms.

  • DM/DG/DE Health Check Services

    Our experts perform proactive checks of your Firmware and system health to ensure your machines are operating at peak and optimal efficiency to maximize up-time, avoid system failures, ensure the security of IT solutions and simplify maintenance.

  • Factory Integrated Services

    A suite of value-added offerings provided during the manufacturing phase of a server or storage system that reduces time to value. These services aim at improving your hardware deployment experience and enhance the quality of a standard configuration before it arrives at your facility.

Lenovo Support Services

In addition to response time options for hardware parts, repairs, and labor, Lenovo offers a wide array of additional support services to ensure your business is positioned for success and longevity. Our goal is to reduce your capital outlays, mitigate your IT risks, and accelerate your time to productivity.

  • Premier Support for Data Centers

    Your direct line to the solution that promises the best, most comprehensive level of support to help you fully unlock the potential of your data center.

  • Premier Enhanced Storage Support (PESS)

    Gain all the benefits of Premier Support for Data Centers, adding dedicated storage specialists and resources to elevate your storage support experience to the next level.

  • Committed Service Repair (CSR)

    Our commitment to ensuring the fastest, most seamless resolution times for mission-critical systems that require immediate attention to ensure minimal downtime and risk for your business. This service is only available for machines under the Premier 4-Hour Response SLA.

  • Multivendor Support Services (MVS)

    Your single point of accountability for resolution support across vast range of leading Server, Storage, and Networking OEMs, allowing you to manage all your supported infrastructure devices seamlessly from a single source.

  • Keep Your Drive (KYD)

    Protect sensitive data and maintain compliance with corporate retention and disposal policies to ensure your data is always under your control, regardless of the number of drives that are installed in your Lenovo server.

  • Technical Account Manager (TAM)

    Your single point of contact to expedite service requests, provide status updates, and furnish reports to track incidents over time, ensuring smooth operations and optimized performance as your business grows.

  • Enterprise Software Support (ESS)

    Gain comprehensive, single-source, and global support for a wide range of server operating systems and Microsoft server applications.

For more information, consult the brochure Lenovo Operational Support Services for Data Centers.

Lenovo Managed Services

Achieve peak efficiency, high security, and minimal disruption with Lenovo's always-on Managed Services. Our real-time monitoring, 24x7 incident response, and problem resolution ensure your infrastructure operates seamlessly. With quarterly health checks for ongoing optimization and innovation, Lenovo's remote active monitoring boosts end-user experience and productivity by keeping your data center's hardware performing at its best.

Lenovo Managed Services provides continuous 24x7 remote monitoring (plus 24x7 call center availability) and proactive management of your data center using state-of-the-art tools, systems, and practices by a team of highly skilled and experienced Lenovo services professionals.

Quarterly reviews check error logs, verify firmware & OS device driver levels, and software as needed. We’ll also maintain records of latest patches, critical updates, and firmware levels, to ensure you systems are providing business value through optimized performance.

Lenovo Sustainability Services

  • Asset Recovery Services

    Lenovo Asset Recovery Services (ARS) provides a secure, seamless solution for managing end-of-life IT assets, ensuring data is safely sanitized while contributing to a more circular IT lifecycle. By maximizing the reuse or responsible recycling of devices, ARS helps businesses meet sustainability goals while recovering potential value from their retired equipment. For more information, see the Asset Recovery Services offering page.

  • CO2 Offset Services

    Lenovo’s CO2 Offset Services offer a simple and transparent way for businesses to take tangible action on their IT footprint. By integrating CO2 offsets directly into device purchases, customers can easily support verified climate projects and track their contributions, making meaningful progress toward their sustainability goals without added complexity.

  • Lenovo Certified Refurbished

    Lenovo Certified Refurbished offers a cost-effective way to support IT circularity without compromising on quality and performance. Each device undergoes rigorous testing and certification, ensuring reliable performance and extending its lifecycle. With Lenovo’s trusted certification, you gain peace of mind while making a more sustainable IT choice.

Lenovo TruScale

Lenovo TruScale XaaS is your set of flexible IT services that makes everything easier. Streamline IT procurement, simplify infrastructure and device management, and pay only for what you use – so your business is free to grow and go anywhere.

Lenovo TruScale is  the unified solution that gives you simplified access to:

  • The industry’s broadest portfolio – from pocket to cloud – all delivered as a service
  • A single-contract framework for full visibility and accountability
  • The global scale to rapidly and securely build teams from anywhere
  • Flexible fixed and metered pay-as-you-go models with minimal upfront cost
  • The growth-driving combination of hardware, software, infrastructure, and solutions – all from one single provider with one point of accountability.

For information about Lenovo TruScale offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

Regulatory compliance

The server conforms to the following standards:

  • Energy Star 3.0
  • FCC: Verified to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Class A
  • Canada ICES-003, issue 6, Class A
  • UL/IEC 62368-1
  • CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 62368-1
  • NOM-019
  • Argentina IEC 62368-1
  • Japan VCCI, Class A
  • Australia/New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 32, Class A; AS/NZS 60950.1
  • IEC 60950-1 & IEC 62368-1 (CB Certificate and CB Test Report)
  • China CCC (GB4943.1), GB9254 Class A, GB17625.1
  • Taiwan BSMI CNS13438, Class A; CNS14336-1; section 5 of CNS15663
  • Korea KN32, Class A; KN35
  • Russia, Belorussia and Kazakhstan, EAC: TP TC 004/2011 (for Safety); TP TC 020/2011 (for EMC); TP EAC 037/2016 (for RoHS)
  • CE Mark (EN55032 Class A, EN60950-1, EN62368-1, EN55024, EN55035, EN61000-3-2, (EU) 2019/424, EN 50581-1 and EN61000-3-3)
  • CISPR 32, Class A
  • TUV-GS (EN62368-1, EK1-ITB2000, AfPS GS 01 PAK Par. 3.1)
  • India BIS certification

External drive enclosures

The server supports attachment to external drive enclosures using a RAID controller with external ports or a SAS host bus adapter. Adapters supported by the server are listed in the SAS adapters for external storage section.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. For the operating system and adapter support details, refer to the interoperability matrix for a particular storage enclosure that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 95. External drive enclosures
Model Description
4587HC1 Lenovo Storage D1212 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 12x LFF drive bays)
4587HC2 Lenovo Storage D1224 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 24x SFF drive bays)
6413HC1 Lenovo Storage D3284 High Density Expansion Enclosure (5U enclosure with 84x LFF drive bays)
7DAHCTO1WW Lenovo ThinkSystem D4390 Direct Attached Storage (4U enclosure with 90x LFF drive bays)

For details about supported drives, adapters, and cables, see the following Lenovo Press Product Guides:

External storage systems

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DE Series and ThinkSystem DM Series external storage systems for high-performance storage. See the DE Series and DM Series product guides for specific controller models, expansion enclosures and configuration options:

External backup units

The server supports both USB-attached RDX backup units and SAS-attached tape drives.

The following table lists the available external SAS tape backup options.

Tip: Verify the end-to-end support of an IBM tape backup solution through the IBM System Storage Interoperation Center (SSIC): http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/storage/ssic

Table 96. External SAS backup options
Part number Description
External SAS tape backup drives
6160S6E IBM TS2260 Tape Drive Model H6S
6160S7E IBM TS2270 Tape Drive Model H7S
6160S8E IBM TS2280 Tape Drive Model H8S
6160S9E IBM TS2290 Tape Drive Model H9S
External SAS tape backup autoloaders
6171S6R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO6 HH SAS
6171S7R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO7 HH SAS
6171S8R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO8 HH SAS
6171S9R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO9 HH SAS
External tape backup libraries
6741A1F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Base Unit
SAS backup drives for TS4300 Tape Library
01KP934 LTO 6 HH SAS Drive
01KP937 LTO 7 HH SAS Drive
01KP953 LTO 8 HH SAS Drive
02JH836 LTO 9 HH SAS Drive

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Backup units category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

The following table lists the external RDX backup options available.

Table 97. External RDX dock and cartridges
Part number Feature code Description
External RDX docks
4T27A10725 B32R ThinkSystem RDX External USB 3.0 Dock (No cartridge included with the drive)
Cartridges
7TP7A01601 AVF8 ThinkSystem RDX 500GB Cartridge
7TP7A01602 AVF1 ThinkSystem RDX 1TB Cartridge
7TP7A01603 AVF0 ThinkSystem RDX 2TB Cartridge
7TP7A04318 AXD1 ThinkSystem RDX 4TB Cartridge

For more information, see the Lenovo RDX USB 3.0 Disk Backup Solution product guide:
https://lenovopress.com/tips0894-rdx-usb-30

Top-of-rack Ethernet switches

The following table lists the Ethernet LAN switches that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 98. Ethernet LAN switches
Part number Description
1 Gb Ethernet Rack switches
7Y810011WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z320O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159BAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7028 (Rear to Front)
7159CAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7052 (Rear to Front)
7159G52 Lenovo RackSwitch G8052 (Rear to Front)
7165H1X Juniper EX2300-C PoE Switch
7165H2X Juniper EX2300-24p PoE Switch
1 Gb Ethernet Campus switches
7Z340011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z340012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
10 Gb Ethernet switches
7159A1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159B1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z330O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1064TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159C1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159CRW Lenovo RackSwitch G8272 (Rear to Front)
7159GR6 Lenovo RackSwitch G8296 (Rear to Front)
7159BR6 Lenovo RackSwitch G8124E (Rear to Front)
25 Gb Ethernet switches
7159E1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7Z330O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2580O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
100 Gb Ethernet switches
7159D1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the following switch categories:

Fibre Channel SAN switches

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DB Series of Fibre Channel SAN switches for high-performance storage expansion. See the DB Series product guides for models and configuration options:

Uninterruptible power supply units

The following table lists the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 99. Uninterruptible power supply units
Part number Description
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 100-125VAC
7DD5A001WW RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (100-125VAC)
55941AX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55942AX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
7DD5A003WW RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (100-125VAC)
55943AX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 200-240VAC
7DD5A002WW RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55941KX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55942KX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A005WW RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55943KX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A007WW RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55945KX RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A008WW RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55946KX RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948KX RT8kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A00AWW RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55949KX RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55943KT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Standard UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55943LT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Long Backup UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55946KT† ThinkSystem RT6kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
5594XKT† ThinkSystem RT10kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 380-415VAC
55948PX RT8kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55949PX RT11kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)

† Only available in China and the Asia Pacific market.

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the UPS category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ups

Power distribution units

The following table lists the power distribution units (PDUs) that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 100. Power distribution units
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description
ANZ
ASEAN
Brazil
EET
MEA
RUCIS
WE
HTK
INDIA
JAPAN
LA
NA
PRC
0U Basic PDUs
4PU7A93176 C0QH 0U 36 C13 and 6 C19 Basic 32A 1 Phase PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93169 C0DA 0U 36 C13 and 6 C19 Basic 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93177 C0QJ 0U 24 C13/C15 and 24 C13/C15/C19 Basic 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93170 C0D9 0U 24 C13/C15 and 24 C13/C15/C19 Basic 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
00YJ776 ATZY 0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A 1 Phase PDU N Y Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
00YJ779 ATZX 0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ777 ATZZ 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
00YJ778 AU00 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
0U Switched and Monitored PDUs
4PU7A93181 C0QN 0U 21 C13/C15 and 21 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase Delta PDU v2 (60A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N Y N Y N
4PU7A93174 C0D5 0U 21 C13/C15 and 21 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase Delta PDU (60A derated) N Y N Y N N Y Y N N N Y N
4PU7A93178 C0QK 0U 20 C13 and 4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93171 C0D8 0U 20 C13 and 4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93182 C0QP 0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 63A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93175 C0CS 0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 63A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93180 C0QM 0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93173 C0D6 0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93179 C0QL 0U 16 C13/C15 and 16 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU v2 (30A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N Y N Y N
4PU7A93172 C0D7 0U 16 C13/C15 and 16 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU(30A derated) N Y N Y N N Y Y N N N Y N
00YJ783 AU04 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ781 AU03 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU N N Y N Y N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ782 AU02 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
00YJ780 AU01 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
1U Switched and Monitored PDUs
4PU7A90808 C0D4 1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU V2 ETL Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A81117 BNDV 1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU - ETL N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
4PU7A90809 C0DE 1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU V2 CE N N N N N Y Y N N N N N N
4PU7A81118 BNDW 1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU - CE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
4PU7A90810 C0DD 1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 80A 3P Delta PDU V2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A77467 BLC4 1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and Monitored 80A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N Y N Y N
4PU7A90811 C0DC 1U 12 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 32A 3P WYE PDU V2 N N N N N Y Y N N N N N N
4PU7A77468 BLC5 1U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 32A 3P WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A90812 C0DB 1U 12 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 60A 3P Delta PDU V2 N N N N N N N N N Y N N N
4PU7A77469 BLC6 1U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 60A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
46M4002 5896 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4004 5894 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4003 5897 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4005 5895 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U Ultra Density Enterprise PDUs (9x IEC 320 C13 + 3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
71763NU 6051 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3PH N N Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
71762NX 6091 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C13 Enterprise PDUs (12x IEC 320 C13 outlets)
39M2816 6030 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU Plus Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8941 6010 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C19 Enterprise PDUs (6x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8948 6060 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8923 6061 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU (US) N N Y N N N Y N N N Y Y N
1U Front-end PDUs (3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8938 6002 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8939 6003 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V Front-end PDU (US) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8934 6005 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end PDU (International) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8940 6004 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end PDU (US) Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y N
39Y8935 6006 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU (International) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U NEMA PDUs (6x NEMA 5-15R outlets)
39Y8905 5900 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Line cords for 1U PDUs that ship without a line cord
40K9611 6504 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, EPDU/IEC 309 3P+N+G 3ph wye (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9612 6502 4.3m, 32A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9613 6503 4.3m, 63A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, EPDU to NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V, EPDU to IEC 309 2P+G (US) Line Cord N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
40K9617 6505 4.3m, 32A/230V, Souriau UTG Female to AS/NZ 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9618 6506 4.3m, 32A/250V, Souriau UTG Female to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

For more information, see the Lenovo Press documents in the PDU category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/pdu

Rack cabinets

The following table lists the supported rack cabinets.

Table 101. Rack cabinets
ModelDescription
93072RX25U Standard Rack (1000mm)
93072PX25U Static S2 Standard Rack (1000mm)
7D6DA007WWThinkSystem 42U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6DA008WWThinkSystem 42U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6EA009WWThinkSystem 48U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6EA00AWWThinkSystem 48U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
1410O42Lenovo EveryScale 42U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410P42Lenovo EveryScale 42U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410O48Lenovo EveryScale 48U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410P48Lenovo EveryScale 48U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
93604PX42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
93614PX42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93634PX42U 1100mm Dynamic Rack
93074RX42U Standard Rack (1000mm)
93084PX42U Enterprise Rack

For specifications about these racks, see the Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1287-lenovo-rack-cabinet-reference

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack cabinets category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/racks

KVM console options

The following table lists the supported KVM consoles.

Table 102. KVM console
Part number Description
Consoles
4XF7A84188 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console (with US English keyboard)
4XF7A73009 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD console (with US English keyboard)
17238BX 1U 18.5" Standard Console (without keyboard - see the next table)

The following table lists the keyboards supported with the 1U 18.5" Standard Console (now withdrawn).

Note: These keyboards are not supported with the ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console.

Table 103. Keyboards for 1U 18.5" Standard Console
Part number Description
7ZB7A05469 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int.Pointing Device USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05468 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Belg/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05206 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Czech 489 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05207 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05208 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05210 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Fr/Canada 445 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05209 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - French 189 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05211 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05212 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Greek 219 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05213 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hebrew 212 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05214 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05215 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Italian 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05216 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Japanese 194 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05217 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05218 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - LA Span 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05219 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05220 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Polish 214 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05221 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Portugese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05222 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Russian 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05223 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05231 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05224 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05225 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swed/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05226 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05227 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Thai 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05467 ThinkSystem Keyboard with Int. Pointing Device USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05228 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05229 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - UK Eng 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05470 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Eng 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05230 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2

The following table lists the available KVM switches and the options that are supported with them.

Table 104. KVM switches and options
Part number Description
KVM Console switches
1754D1T ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754A1T ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754D2X Global 4x2x32 Console Manager (GCM32)
1754D1X Global 2x2x16 Console Manager (GCM16)
1754A2X Local 2x16 Console Manager (LCM16)
1754A1X Local 1x8 Console Manager (LCM8)
Cables for ThinkSystem Digital and Analog KVM Console switches
4X97A11108 ThinkSystem VGA to DVI Conversion Cable
4X97A11109 ThinkSystem Single-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11107 ThinkSystem Dual-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11106 ThinkSystem USB Conversion Cable for Analog KVM
Cables for GCM and LCM Console switches
43V6147 Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39M2895 USB Conversion Option Pack
46M5383 Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
46M5382 Serial Conversion Option (SCO)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the KVM Switches and Consoles category:
http://lenovopress.com/servers/options/kvm

Lenovo Financial Services

Why wait to obtain the technology you need now? No payments for 90 days and predictable, low monthly payments make it easy to budget for your Lenovo solution.

  • Flexible

    Our in-depth knowledge of the products, services and various market segments allows us to offer greater flexibility in structures, documentation and end of lease options.

  • 100% Solution Financing

    Financing your entire solution including hardware, software, and services, ensures more predictability in your project planning with fixed, manageable payments and low monthly payments.

  • Device as a Service (DaaS)

    Leverage latest technology to advance your business. Customized solutions aligned to your needs. Flexibility to add equipment to support growth. Protect your technology with Lenovo's Premier Support service.

  • 24/7 Asset management

    Manage your financed solutions with electronic access to your lease documents, payment histories, invoices and asset information.

  • Fair Market Value (FMV) and $1 Purchase Option Leases

    Maximize your purchasing power with our lowest cost option. An FMV lease offers lower monthly payments than loans or lease-to-own financing. Think of an FMV lease as a rental. You have the flexibility at the end of the lease term to return the equipment, continue leasing it, or purchase it for the fair market value. In a $1 Out Purchase Option lease, you own the equipment. It is a good option when you are confident you will use the equipment for an extended period beyond the finance term. Both lease types have merits depending on your needs. We can help you determine which option will best meet your technological and budgetary goals.

Ask your Lenovo Financial Services representative about this promotion and how to submit a credit application. For the majority of credit applicants, we have enough information to deliver an instant decision and send a notification within minutes.

Seller training courses

The following sales training courses are offered for employees and partners (login required). Courses are listed in date order.

  1. Partner Technical Webinar - LenovoPress updates and LPH Demo
    2024-11-13 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - LenovoPress updates and LPH Demo

    in this 60-minute replay, we had 3 topics. First, David Watts, Lenovo Sr Manager LenovoPress, gave an update on LenovoPress and improvements to finding Seller Training Courses (both partner and Lenovo). Next, Ryan Tuttle, Lenovo LETS Solution Architect, gave a demo of Lenovo Partner Hub (LPH) including how to find replays of Partner Webinars in LPL. Finally, Joe Murphy, Lenovo Sr Manager of LETS NA, gave a quick update on the new Stackable Warranty Options in DCSC.

    Published: 2024-11-13
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 110824
  2. ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Introduction for ISO Client Managers
    2024-10-31 | 20 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Introduction for ISO Client Managers

    Course Description:
    In this course, you will learn about Lenovo’s Data Center Portfolio, its ThinkSystem Family and the key features of the Rack and Tower servers. It will equip you with foundational knowledge which you can then expand upon by participating in the facilitated session of the curriculum.

    Course Objectives:
    By the end of this course, you should be able to:
    • Identify Lenovo’s main data center brands.
    • Describe the key components of the ThinkSystem Family servers.
    • Differentiate between the Rack and Tower servers of the ThinkSystem Family.
    • Understand the value Rack and Tower servers can provide to customers.

    Published: 2024-10-31
    Length: 20 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSRTO101
  3. Virtual Facilitated Session - ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Primer for ISO Client Managers
    2024-10-31 | 90 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    Virtual Facilitated Session - ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Primer for ISO Client Managers

    In this instructor-led Virtual Facilitated Session, ISO Client Managers will be able to build on the knowledge gained in Module 1 (eLearning) of the ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Server Primer for ISO Client Managers curriculum.

    <p style="font-weight:bold"> You will receive the invite to this session via email. </p> Places are subject to availability.

    <p style="color:red;"> IMPORTANT! </p> Module 1 (eLearning) must be completed to be eligible to participate in the session.

    Published: 2024-10-31
    Length: 90 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSRTO102
  4. Family Portfolio: ThinkSystem Rackmount Servers powered by AMD
    2024-10-09 | 25 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Portfolio: ThinkSystem Rackmount Servers powered by AMD

    After completing this course, you will be able to identify products and features within the ThinkSystem AMD rack server family, describe unique innovations that this product family uses and recognize when a specific product should be selected.

    Published: 2024-10-09
    Length: 25 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1216r9
  5. Partner Technical Webinar - OneIQ
    2024-07-15 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - OneIQ

    In this 60-minute replay, Peter Grant, Field CTO for OneIQ, reviewed and demo’d the capabilities of OneIQ including collecting data and analyzing. Additionally, Peter and the team discussed how specific partners (those with NA Channel SA coverage) will get direct access to OneIQ and other partners can get access to OneIQ via Distribution or the NA LETS team.

    Published: 2024-07-15
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 071224
  6. SAP Webinar for Lenovo Sellers: Lenovo Portfolio Update for SAP Landscapes
    2024-06-04 | 60 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    SAP Webinar for Lenovo Sellers: Lenovo Portfolio Update for SAP Landscapes

    Join Mark Kelly, Advisory IT Architect with the Lenovo Global SAP Center of Competence as he discusses:
    • Challenges in the SAP environment
    • Lenovo On-premise Solutions for SAP
    • Lenovo support resources for SAP solutions

    Published: 2024-06-04
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSAPF101
  7. Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio
    2024-05-29 | 20 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio

    This course introduces the Lenovo data center portfolio, and covers servers, storage, storage networking, and software-defined infrastructure products. After completing this course about Lenovo data center products, you will be able to identify product types within each data center family, describe Lenovo innovations that this product family or category uses, and recognize when a specific product should be selected.

    Published: 2024-05-29
    Length: 20 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1110r7
  8. VTT Cloud Architecture: NVIDIA Using Cloud for GPUs and AI
    2024-05-22 | 60 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    VTT Cloud Architecture: NVIDIA Using Cloud for GPUs and AI

    Join JD Dupont, NVIDIA Head of Americas Sales, Lenovo partnership and Veer Mehta, NVIDIA Solution Architect on an interactive discussion about cloud to edge, designing cloud Solutions with NVIDIA GPUs and minimizing private\hybrid cloud OPEX with GPUs. Discover how you can use what is done at big public cloud providers for your customers. We will also walk through use cases and see a demo you can use to help your customers.

    Published: 2024-05-22
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DVCLD212
  9. Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update
    2024-04-15 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update

    In this 60-minute replay, Mark Bica, NA ISG Server Product Manager reviewed the Lenovo ISG portfolio. He covered new editions such as the SR680a \ SR685a, dense servers, and options that are strategic for any workload.

    Published: 2024-04-15
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 041224
  10. Partner Technical Webinar - StorMagic
    2024-03-19 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - StorMagic

    March 08, 2024 – In this 60-minute replay, Stuart Campbell and Wes Ganeko of StorMagic joined us and provided an overview of StorMagic on Lenovo. They also demonstrated the interface while sharing some interesting use cases.

    Published: 2024-03-19
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 030824
  11. Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options
    2024-01-23 | 25 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options

    This course covers the storage controller options available for use in Lenovo servers. The classes of storage controller are discussed, along with a discussion of where they are used, and which to choose.

    After completing this course, you will be able to:
    • Describe the classes of storage controllers
    • Discuss where each controller class is used
    • Describe the available options in each controller class

    Published: 2024-01-23
    Length: 25 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1111
  12. Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH
    2024-01-22 | 10 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH

    This Quick Hit explains how Lenovo and Intel are committed to sustainability, and introduces the Lenovo-Intel joint sustainability campaign. You will learn how to use this campaign to show customers what that level of commitment entails, how to use the campaign's unsolicited proposal approach, and how to use the campaign as a conversation starter which may lead to increased sales.

    Published: 2024-01-22
    Length: 10 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW2524a
  13. Family Introduction: Rack and Tower
    2024-01-19 | 11 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Introduction: Rack and Tower

    This course is designed to give Lenovo sales and partner representatives a foundation on the characteristics of the rack and tower server family. As an introduction to the family, this course also includes positioning, when to use a product, and keywords a client may use when discussing a rack product.

    Course Objectives:
    • Family Characteristics
    • Priority Positioning
    • Product Usage
    • Keywords and Phrases

    Published: 2024-01-19
    Length: 11 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1100r3
  14. FY24Q3 Intel Servers Update
    2023-12-11 | 15 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    FY24Q3 Intel Servers Update

    This update is designed to help you discuss the features and customer benefits of Lenovo servers that use the 5th Gen Intel® Xeon® processors. Lenovo has also introduced a new server, the ThinkSystem SD650-N V3, which expands the supercomputer server family. Reasons to call your customer and talk about refreshing their infrastructure are also included as a guideline.

    Published: 2023-12-11
    Length: 15 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW2522a
  15. Partner Technical Webinar - Data Center Limits and ISG TAA Compliance
    2023-05-16 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - Data Center Limits and ISG TAA Compliance

    In this 60-minute replay, we had two topics. First Vinod Kamath, Lenovo Distinguished Engineer for Data Center Cooling presented on the Systems Configuration and Data Center Ambient Limits. Second, Shama Patari, Lenovo Trade Council, and Glenn Johnson, Lenovo Principal Engineer for Supply Chain presented on ISG TAA Compliance.

    Published: 2023-05-16
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 051223
  16. Lenovo Servers - Why AMD?
    2022-12-14 | 28 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Servers - Why AMD?

    Two Lenovo servers, the SR645, and the SR665 can use AMD EPYC™ 7003 CPUs for the first time. This course introduces the AMD EPYC™ 7003 CPU and discusses its benefits. The advantages of the new server/CPU combination are also introduced.

    Published: 2022-12-14
    Length: 28 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1215r2
  17. Lenovo Sustainable Computing
    2022-09-16 | 4 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Sustainable Computing

    This Quick Hit describes the Lenovo sustainable computing program, and the many ways in which Lenovo strives to respect and protect the environment.

    Published: 2022-09-16
    Length: 4 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW2504a

1-10 of 17 courses.

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following:

Trademarks

Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. A current list of Lenovo trademarks is available on the Web at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/legal/copytrade/.

The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo®
AnyBay®
ServerProven®
System x®
ThinkAgile®
ThinkServer®
ThinkShield®
ThinkSystem®
XClarity®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

AMD, AMD 3D V-Cache™, AMD EPYC™, Alveo™, and Xilinx are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Intel® and Xeon® are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Linux® is the trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

Microsoft®, ActiveX®, PowerShell, Windows PowerShell®, Windows Server®, and Windows® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

SPECpower® is a trademark of the Standard Performance Evaluation Corporation (SPEC).

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

[]
© 2024 Lenovo. All rights reserved.
Privacy Site Map Terms of Use External Submission Policy Sales terms and conditions Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement